Be Part of the Ultimate Safety & Compliance Community
Trending news, knowledge-building content, and more – all personalized to you!
Drivers operating commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) in interstate commerce are subject to medical qualification requirements under Part 391 of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSR).
A clear understanding of the regulations is critical to having medically qualified drivers on the road and compliant driver qualification (DQ) files.
Below are five frequently asked medical qualification questions right now:
1.Do we need a non-CDL driver’s motor vehicle record (MVR) as proof of a physical?
No. For a driver who does not hold a commercial driver’s license (CDL), also known as a non-CDL driver, their current medical status will not appear on their MVR. Regulations only require driver’s licensing authorities to monitor and track the medical status of CDL drivers who have self-certified as “non-excepted” interstate or intrastate drivers. Non-excepted means they are subject to driver physicals.
2. Are motor carriers required to have the Medical Examination Report (MER), or “long form,” in a DQ file?
The long form is not required in the DQ file. If a long form is reviewed and retained, carriers should:
3. Is a new medical exam required if a driver transfers their license to another state?
The rules do not require a driver to obtain a new medical card when they move to a new state. However, the driver must obtain a new license within 30 days of establishing a residence in the new state in most cases. A medical card is valid until the expiration date unless the driver experiences a disqualifying condition.
A CDL driver must self-certify their current medical card with the new licensing authority. After the 10 days allowed for the information to transfer to the CDL Information System (CDLIS), a new MVR must be placed in the DQ file as proof of medical certification.
4. Must a CMV driver who takes a leave of absence or experiences an illness (physical or mental) or injury undergo a new medical examination even if their current medical certificate has not expired?
Interpretation # 3 from Section 391.45 provides the following guidance:
“391.45 Question 3: Must a driver returning from an illness or injury undergo a medical examination even if their current medical certificate has not expired?
Guidance: The FMCSRs do not require an examination unless the injury or illness has impaired the driver’s ability to perform their normal duties. However, the motor carrier may require a driver returning from any illness or injury to take a physical examination. But, in either case, the motor carrier has the obligation to determine if an injury or illness renders the driver medically unqualified.” A certified medical examiner can determine the medical qualification per 391.45(g).
5. Is a drug test required with a CDL driver’s physical?
Department of Transportation (DOT) drug testing under Parts 40 and 382 is not required during nor connected to the driver’s physical requirements in Part 391.
Out of convenience, some carriers send new CDL drivers for both a driver physical and DOT pre-employment drug screen at the same facility. If this is the case, the medical examiner must complete the physical examination without collecting the Part 382 controlled substances urine specimen, which is different from the urine sample taken for a glucose test.
For more information on driver medical qualification requirements check out this article. |
Key to remember: Know the medical qualification rules to stay compliant and consult an expert when in doubt.
Drivers operating commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) in interstate commerce are subject to medical qualification requirements under Part 391 of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSR).
A clear understanding of the regulations is critical to having medically qualified drivers on the road and compliant driver qualification (DQ) files.
Below are five frequently asked medical qualification questions right now:
1.Do we need a non-CDL driver’s motor vehicle record (MVR) as proof of a physical?
No. For a driver who does not hold a commercial driver’s license (CDL), also known as a non-CDL driver, their current medical status will not appear on their MVR. Regulations only require driver’s licensing authorities to monitor and track the medical status of CDL drivers who have self-certified as “non-excepted” interstate or intrastate drivers. Non-excepted means they are subject to driver physicals.
2. Are motor carriers required to have the Medical Examination Report (MER), or “long form,” in a DQ file?
The long form is not required in the DQ file. If a long form is reviewed and retained, carriers should:
3. Is a new medical exam required if a driver transfers their license to another state?
The rules do not require a driver to obtain a new medical card when they move to a new state. However, the driver must obtain a new license within 30 days of establishing a residence in the new state in most cases. A medical card is valid until the expiration date unless the driver experiences a disqualifying condition.
A CDL driver must self-certify their current medical card with the new licensing authority. After the 10 days allowed for the information to transfer to the CDL Information System (CDLIS), a new MVR must be placed in the DQ file as proof of medical certification.
4. Must a CMV driver who takes a leave of absence or experiences an illness (physical or mental) or injury undergo a new medical examination even if their current medical certificate has not expired?
Interpretation # 3 from Section 391.45 provides the following guidance:
“391.45 Question 3: Must a driver returning from an illness or injury undergo a medical examination even if their current medical certificate has not expired?
Guidance: The FMCSRs do not require an examination unless the injury or illness has impaired the driver’s ability to perform their normal duties. However, the motor carrier may require a driver returning from any illness or injury to take a physical examination. But, in either case, the motor carrier has the obligation to determine if an injury or illness renders the driver medically unqualified.” A certified medical examiner can determine the medical qualification per 391.45(g).
5. Is a drug test required with a CDL driver’s physical?
Department of Transportation (DOT) drug testing under Parts 40 and 382 is not required during nor connected to the driver’s physical requirements in Part 391.
Out of convenience, some carriers send new CDL drivers for both a driver physical and DOT pre-employment drug screen at the same facility. If this is the case, the medical examiner must complete the physical examination without collecting the Part 382 controlled substances urine specimen, which is different from the urine sample taken for a glucose test.
For more information on driver medical qualification requirements check out this article. |
Key to remember: Know the medical qualification rules to stay compliant and consult an expert when in doubt.
Specialized Industries
Go beyond the regulations! Visit the Institute for in-depth guidance on a wide range of compliance subjects in safety and health, transportation, environment, and human resources.
J. J. Keller® COMPLIANCE NETWORK is a premier online safety and compliance community, offering members exclusive access to timely regulatory content in workplace safety (OSHA), transportation (DOT), environment (EPA), and human resources (DOL).
Interact With Our Compliance Experts
Puzzled by a regulatory question or issue? Let our renowned experts provide the answers and get your business on track to full compliance!
Upcoming Events
Reference the Compliance Network Safety Calendar to keep track of upcoming safety and compliance events. Browse by industry or search by keyword to see relevant dates and observances, including national safety months, compliance deadlines, and more.
Hi everyone! Welcome to the monthly news roundup video, where we’ll go over the most impactful environmental, health, and safety news. Please view the content links in the transcript for more information about the topics I’ll be covering today. Let’s get started!
OSHA’s worker walkaround rule takes effect May 31st. It expands the criteria for who employees can authorize to act as their representative during an inspection.
Between 2015 and 2022, there were about 1,500 worker injuries involving food processing machinery. A new OSHA alert raises awareness of these hazards. It addresses hazard recognition, corrective measures, and workers’ rights.
The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) seeks stakeholder input on protecting outdoor workers from wildfire smoke. The agency intends to develop a hazard review document that provides recommendations to protect workers.
The Mine Safety and Health Administration published a final rule that lowers miners’ exposure to silica dust. It also revises the standard to reflect the latest advances in respiratory protection and practices.
OSHA released 2023 injury and illness data. The agency provides public access to this information in an effort to identify unsafe conditions and workplace hazards that may lead to injuries and illnesses.
And turning to environmental news, EPA finalized a rule to designate two widely used PFAS as hazardous substances under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA. The rule requires immediate release notifications for the two PFAS. It also gives EPA the authority to hold polluters responsible for contamination.
Thanks for tuning in to the monthly news roundup. We’ll see you next month!
Hi everyone! Welcome to the monthly news roundup video, where we’ll go over the most impactful environmental, health, and safety news. Please view the content links in the transcript for more information about the topics I’ll be covering today. Let’s get started! The Office of Management and Budget completed its review of OSHA’s worker walkaround final rule on March 20. The next step is publication in the Federal Register. The rule expands the criteria for who employees can authorize to act as their representative during an OSHA inspection.
Stand Up 4 Grain Safety Week was held the week of March 25. This annual event brings attention to hazards in the grain handling and storage industry and encourages employers to focus on safe work practices.
Over 100 people die in ladder-related deaths each year, and thousands more suffer disabling injuries. During Ladder Safety Month, which is held each March, the American Ladder Institute promotes ladder safety to decrease the number of injuries and fatalities.
Between 2010 and 2023, 11 miners drowned in incidents involving submerged mobile equipment. In response, the Mine Safety and Health Administration issued a safety alert. It recommends measures miners should take when operating equipment near water.
And finally, turning to environmental news, EPA finalized amendments to its Risk Management Program in an effort to improve safety at facilities that use and distribute hazardous chemicals. The rule seeks to improve chemical process safety; assist in planning for, preparing for, and responding to accidents; and increase public awareness of chemical hazards at regulated sites.
Thanks for tuning in to the monthly news roundup. We’ll see you next month!
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA or the Agency) is finalizing a rule to address the unreasonable risk of injury to health presented by methylene chloride under its conditions of use. TSCA requires that EPA address by rule any unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment identified in a TSCA risk evaluation and apply requirements to the extent necessary so that the chemical no longer presents unreasonable risk. EPA's final rule will, among other things, prevent serious illness and death associated with uncontrolled exposures to the chemical by preventing consumer access to the chemical, restricting the industrial and commercial use of the chemical while also allowing for a reasonable transition period where an industrial and commercial use of the chemical is being prohibited, provide a time-limited exemption for a critical or essential use of methylene chloride for which no technically and economically feasible safer alternative is available, and protect workers from the unreasonable risk of methylene chloride while on the job.
DATES: This final rule is effective on July 8, 2024, published in the Federal Register, May 8, 2024.
View final rule.
§751.5 Definitions. | ||
definitions for “Article”, “Authorized person”, “Owner or operator”, “Potentially exposed person”, “Product”, “Regulated area”, and “Retailer” | Added | View text |
§751.101 General. | ||
Entire section | Revised | View text |
§751.103 Definitions. | ||
definition of “Distribution in commerce” | Revised | View text |
definitions for “ECEL”, “ECEL action level”, and “EPA STEL” | Revised | View text |
§751.105 Consumer paint and coating removal. | ||
Section heading | Revised | View text |
§751.107 Downstream notification. | ||
Entire section as 751.111 | Redesignated | View text |
New 751.107 | Added | View text |
§751.109 Recordkeeping. | ||
Entire section as 751.113 | Redesignated | View text |
New 751.109 | Added | View text |
§751.115 Exemptions. | ||
Entire section | Added | View text |
§751.117 Interim requirements for paint and coating removal for the refinishing of wooden furniture, decorative pieces, and architectural fixtures of artistic, cultural, or historic value. | ||
Entire section | Added | View text |
New Text
§751.101 General.
(a) Applicability. This subpart sets certain restrictions on the manufacture (including import), processing, distribution in commerce, use, and disposal of methylene chloride (CASRN 75-09-2) to prevent unreasonable risks of injury to health.
(b) De minimis threshold. Unless otherwise specified in this subpart, the prohibitions and restrictions of this subpart do not apply to products containing methylene chloride at thresholds less than 0.1 percent by weight. This provision does not apply to 751.105.
§751.103 Definitions.
* * * * *
Distribution in commerce has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Act, except that the term does not include retailers for purposes of §§751.111 and 751.113.
* * * * *
§751.105 Prohibition of manufacturing (including import), processing, and distribution in commerce related to consumer paint and coating removal.
§751.107 Other prohibitions of manufacturing (including import), processing, distribution in commerce, and use.
(a) Applicability.(1) This section applies to all manufacturing (including import), processing, and distribution in commerce of methylene chloride for consumer use other than for the paint and coating removal use addressed under 751.105.
(2) This section applies to:
(i) All manufacturing (including import), processing, and distribution in commerce of methylene chloride for industrial or commercial use, other than for the conditions of use addressed under 751.109(a); and
(ii) All commercial or industrial use of methylene chloride, other than the conditions of use addressed under 751.109(a).
(3) This section does not apply to manufacturing, processing, or distribution in commerce of methylene chloride solely for export that meets the conditions described in TSCA section 12(a)(1)(A) and (B).
(b) Prohibitions.(1) After February 3, 2025, all persons are prohibited from distributing in commerce (including making available) methylene chloride, including any methylene chloride-containing products, to retailers for any use.
(2) After May 5, 2025, all retailers are prohibited from distributing in commerce (including making available) methylene chloride, including any methylene chloride-containing products, for any use.
(3) After May 5, 2025, all persons are prohibited from manufacturing (including import) methylene chloride, for the uses listed in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section except for those uses specified in paragraphs (b)(7) through (9) of this section.
(4) After August 1, 2025, all persons are prohibited from processing methylene chloride, including any methylene chloride-containing products, for the uses listed in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section except for those uses specified in paragraphs (b)(7) through (9) of this section.
(5) After January 28, 2026, all persons are prohibited from distributing in commerce (including making available) methylene chloride, including any methylene chloride-containing products, for any use described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section except for those uses specified in paragraphs (b)(7) through (9) of this section.
(6) After April 28, 2026, all persons are prohibited from industrial or commercial use of methylene chloride, including any methylene chloride containing products, for the uses listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section except for those uses specified in paragraphs (b)(7) through (9) of this section.
(7) After May 8, 2034, all persons are prohibited from manufacturing (including import), processing, distribution in commerce, or use of methylene chloride, including any methylene chloride containing products, for industrial or commercial use in an emergency by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration or its contractors as described in 751.115(b).
(8) After May 8, 2029, all persons are prohibited from manufacturing (including import), processing, distribution in commerce, or use of methylene chloride, including any methylene chloride containing products, for industrial or commercial use for paint and coating removal for refinishing of wooden furniture, decorative pieces and architectural fixtures of artistic, cultural, or historic significance, with interim requirements as described in 751.117.
(9) After May 8, 2029, all persons are prohibited from manufacturing (including import), processing, distribution in commerce, or use of methylene chloride, including any methylene chloride-containing products, for industrial or commercial use for adhesives and sealants in aircraft, space vehicle, and turbine applications for structural and safety critical non-structural applications.
§751.109 Workplace Chemical Protection Program.
(a) Applicability. The provisions of this section apply to the following conditions of use of methylene chloride, including manufacturing and processing for export, except to the extent the conditions of use are prohibited by §§751.105 and 751.107:
(1) Manufacturing (domestic manufacture);
(2) Manufacturing (import);
(3) Processing: as a reactant;
(4) Processing: incorporation into a formulation, mixture, or reaction product;
(5) Processing: repackaging;
(6) Processing: recycling;
(7) Industrial and commercial use as a laboratory chemical;
(8) Industrial or commercial use for paint and coating removal from safety-critical, corrosion-sensitive components of aircraft and spacecraft;
(9) Industrial or commercial use as a bonding agent for solvent welding;
(10) Industrial and commercial use as a processing aid;
(11) Industrial and commercial use for plastic and rubber products manufacturing;
(12) Industrial and commercial use as a solvent that becomes part of a formulation or mixture, where that formulation or mixture will be used inside a manufacturing process, and the solvent (methylene chloride) will be reclaimed; and
(13) Disposal.
(b) Relationship to other regulations. For purposes of this section:
(1) Any provisions applying to “employee” in 29 CFR 1910.132, 1910.134, and 1910.1052 also apply equally to potentially exposed persons; and
(2) Any provisions applying to “employer” in 29 CFR 1910.132, 1910.134, and 1910.1052 also apply equally to any owner or operator for the regulated area.
(c) Exposure limits —(1) ECEL. The owner or operator must ensure that no person is exposed to an airborne concentration of methylene chloride in excess of 2 parts of methylene chloride per million parts of air (2 ppm) as an 8-hour TWA after February 8, 2027 for Federal agencies and Federal contractors acting for or on behalf of the Federal Government, August 1, 2025 for other owners and operators, or beginning 4 months after introduction of methylene chloride into the workplace if methylene chloride use commences after May 5, 2025, consistent with paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section.
(2) EPA STEL. The owner or operator must ensure that no person is exposed to an airborne concentration of methylene chloride in excess of 16 parts of methylene chloride per million parts of air (16 ppm) as determined over a sampling period of 15 minutes after February 8, 2027 for Federal agencies and Federal contractors acting for or on behalf of the Federal Government, August 1, 2025 for other owners and operators, or beginning 4 months after introduction of methylene chloride into the workplace if methylene chloride use commences after May 5, 2025, consistent with paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section.
(3) Regulated areas. The owner or operator must:
(i) Establish and maintain regulated areas in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1052(e)(2) and (4) through (7) by February 8, 2027 for Federal agencies and Federal contractors acting for or on behalf of the Federal Government, August 1, 2025 for other owners and operators, or within 3 months after receipt of the results of any monitoring data consistent with paragraph (d) of this section.
(ii) Establish a regulated area wherever a potentially exposed person's exposure to airborne concentrations of methylene chloride exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed either the ECEL or EPA STEL.
(iii) Demarcate regulated areas from the rest of the workplace in any manner that adequately establishes and alerts potentially exposed persons to the boundaries of the area and minimizes the number of authorized persons exposed to methylene chloride within the regulated area.
(iv) Restrict access to the regulated area by any potentially exposed person who lacks proper training, personal protective equipment, or is otherwise unauthorized to enter.
(d) Exposure monitoring —(1) In general —(i) Characterization of exposures. Owners or operators must determine each potentially exposed person's exposure, without regard to respiratory protection, by either:
(A) Taking a personal breathing zone air sample of each potentially exposed person's exposure; or
(B) Taking personal breathing zone air samples that are representative of each potentially exposed person's exposure.
(ii) Representative samples. Owners or operators are permitted to consider personal breathing zone air samples to be representative of each potentially exposed person's exposure, without regard to respiratory protection, when they are taken as follows:
(A) ECEL. The owner or operator has taken one or more personal breathing zone air samples for at least one potentially exposed person in each job classification in a work area during every work shift, and the person sampled is expected to have the highest methylene chloride exposure.
(B) EPA STEL. The owner or operator has taken one or more personal breathing zone air samples which indicate the highest likely 15-minute exposures during such operations for at least one potentially exposed person in each job classification in the work area during every work shift, and the person sampled is expected to have the highest methylene chloride exposure.
(C) Exception. Personal breathing zone air samples taken during one work shift may be used to represent potentially exposed person exposures on other work shifts where the owner or operator can document that the tasks performed and conditions in the workplace are similar across shifts.
(iii) Accuracy of monitoring. Owners or operators must ensure that the methods used to perform exposure monitoring produce results that are accurate to a confidence level of 95%, and are:
(A) Within plus or minus 25% for airborne concentrations of methylene chloride above the ECEL or the EPA STEL; or
(B) Within plus or minus 35% for airborne concentrations of methylene chloride at or above the ECEL action level but at or below the ECEL.
(iv) Currency of monitoring data. Owners or operators are not permitted to rely on monitoring data that is more than 5 years old to demonstrate compliance with initial or periodic monitoring requirements for either the ECEL or the EPA STEL.
(2) Initial monitoring. By November 9, 2026 for Federal agencies and Federal contractors acting for or on behalf of the Federal Government, by May 5, 2025 for other owners and operators, or within 30 days of introduction of methylene chloride into the workplace, whichever is later, each owner or operator covered by this section must perform an initial exposure monitoring to determine each potentially exposed person's exposure, unless:
(i) An owner or operator has objective data generated within the last 5 years prior to May 8, 2024 that demonstrates to EPA that methylene chloride cannot be released in the workplace in airborne concentrations at or above the ECEL action level (1-ppm 8-hour TWA) or above the EPA STEL (16 ppm 15-minute TWA) and that the data represents the highest methylene chloride exposures likely to occur under conditions of use described in paragraph (a) of this section; or
(ii) Where potentially exposed persons are exposed to methylene chloride for fewer than 30 days per year, and the owner or operator has measurements by direct-metering devices which give immediate results and which provide sufficient information regarding exposures to determine and implement the control measures that are necessary to reduce exposures to below the ECEL action level and EPA STEL.
(3) Periodic monitoring. The owner or operator must establish an exposure monitoring program for periodic monitoring of exposure to methylene chloride in accordance with table 1.
Air concentration condition observed during initial exposure monitoring | Periodic monitoring requirement |
---|---|
If the initial exposure monitoring concentration is below the ECEL action level and at or below the EPA STEL | ECEL and EPA STEL periodic monitoring at least once in every 5 years. |
If the initial exposure monitoring concentration is below the ECEL action level and above the EPA STEL | ECEL periodic required at least once every 5 years, and EPA STEL periodic monitoring required every 3 months. |
If the initial exposure monitoring concentration is at or above the ECEL action level and at or below the ECEL; and at or below the EPA STEL | ECEL periodic monitoring every 6 months. |
If the initial exposure monitoring concentration is at or above the ECEL action level and at or below the ECEL; and above the EPA STEL | ECEL periodic monitoring every 6 months and EPA STEL periodic monitoring every 3 months. |
If the initial exposure monitoring concentration is above the ECEL and below, at, or above the EPA STEL | ECEL periodic monitoring every 3 months and EPA STEL periodic monitoring every 3 months. |
If 2 consecutive monitoring events have taken place at least 7 days apart that indicate that potential exposure has decreased from above the ECEL to at or below the ECEL, but at or above the ECEL action level | Transition from ECEL periodic monitoring frequency from every 3 months to every 6 months. |
If 2 consecutive monitoring events have taken place at least 7 days apart that indicate that potential exposure has decreased to below the ECEL action level and at or below the EPA STEL | Transition from ECEL periodic monitoring frequency from every 6 months to once every 5 years. The second consecutive monitoring event will delineate the new date from which the next 5-year periodic exposure monitoring must occur. |
If the owner or operator engages in any conditions of use described in paragraph (a) of this section and is required to monitor either the ECEL or EPA STEL in a 3-month interval, but does not engage in any of those uses for the entirety of the 3-month interval | The owner or operator may forgo the upcoming periodic monitoring event. However, documentation of cessation of use of methylene chloride must be maintained, and initial monitoring is required when the owner or operator resumes or starts any of the conditions of use described in paragraph (a) of this section. |
Owner or operator engages in any conditions of use described in paragraph (a) of this section and is required to monitor the ECEL in a 6-month interval, but does not engage in any of those uses for the entirety of the 6-month interval | The owner or operator may forgo the upcoming periodic monitoring event. However, documentation of cessation of the condition(s) of use must be maintained until periodic monitoring resumes, and initial monitoring is required when the owner or operator resumes or starts any of the conditions of use described in paragraph (a) of this section. |
(4) Additional monitoring. The owner or operator must conduct the exposure monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section within 30 days after any change that may reasonably be expected to introduce additional sources of exposure to methylene chloride, or otherwise result in increased exposure to methylene chloride compared to the most recent monitoring event. Examples of situations that may require additional monitoring include changes in production, process, control equipment, or work practices, or a leak, rupture, or other breakdown.
(5) Notification of monitoring results.(i) The owner or operator must inform potentially exposed persons of monitoring results within 15 working days.
(ii) This notification must include the following:
(A) Exposure monitoring results;
(B) Identification and explanation of the ECEL, ECEL Action Level, and EPA STEL;
(C) Whether the airborne concentration of methylene chloride exceeds the ECEL action level, ECEL or the EPA STEL;
(D) If the ECEL or EPA STEL is exceeded, descriptions of actions taken by the owner or operator to reduce exposure in accordance with paragraph (e)(1)((i) of this section;
(E) Explanation of any required respiratory protection provided in accordance with as paragraphs (e)(1)(ii) and (f) of this section;
(F) Quantity of methylene chloride in use at the time of monitoring;
(G) Location of methylene chloride use at the time of monitoring;
(H) Manner of methylene chloride use at the time of monitoring; and
(I) Identified releases of methylene chloride.
(iii) Notice must be provided in plain language writing, in a language that the person understands, to each potentially exposed person or posted in an appropriate and accessible location outside the regulated area with an English-language version and a non-English language version representing the language of the largest group of workers who do not read English.
(6) Observation of monitoring.(i) The owner or operator must provide affected potentially exposed persons an opportunity to observe exposure monitoring conducted in accordance with this paragraph (d) that is representative of the potentially exposed person's exposure.
(ii) The owner or operator must ensure that potentially exposed persons are provided with personal protective equipment appropriate for the observation of monitoring.
(e) ECEL control procedures and plan— (1) Methods of compliance.(i) By May 10, 2027 for Federal agencies and Federal contractors acting for or on behalf of the Federal Government, or by October 30, 2025 for other owners and operators, the owner or operator must institute one or a combination of elimination, substitution, engineering controls, work practices, or administrative controls to reduce exposure to or below the ECEL and EPA STEL except to the extent that the owner or operator can demonstrate that such controls are not feasible.
(ii) If the feasible controls, required by paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section that can be instituted do not reduce exposures for potentially exposed persons to or below the ECEL or EPA STEL, then the owner or operator must use such controls to reduce exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and must supplement those controls with the use of respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section to reduce exposures to or below the ECEL or EPA STEL.
(iii) Where an owner or operator cannot demonstrate exposure below the ECEL, including through the use of all feasible engineering controls, work practices, or administrative controls as described in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section, and, has not demonstrated that it has appropriately supplemented with respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraphs (e)(1)(ii) and (f) of this section, this will constitute a failure to comply with the ECEL.
(iv) For the Department of Defense and Federal contractors acting for or on behalf of the Department of Defense, in the event that ongoing or planned construction is necessary to implement the feasible controls required by paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section such that no one is exposed above the ECEL or EPA STEL, the deadlines in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section are extended to May 7, 2029. Ongoing or planned construction efforts to address exposures above the ECEL and EPA STEL must be documented in the exposure control plan required by paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
(2) Exposure control plan. By May 10, 2027 for Federal agencies and Federal contractors acting for or on behalf of the Federal Government, or by October 30, 2025 for other owners and operators, the owner or operator must develop and implement an exposure control plan.
(i) Exposure control plan contents. The exposure control plan must include documentation of the following:
(A) Identification of exposure controls that were considered, including those that were used or not used to meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section, in the following sequence—elimination, substitution, engineering controls, and work practices and administrative controls;
(B) For each exposure control considered, a rationale for why the exposure control was selected or not selected based on feasibility, effectiveness, and other relevant considerations;
(C) A description of actions the owner or operator must take to implement the exposure controls selected, including proper installation, regular inspections, maintenance, training, or other actions;
(D) A description of regulated areas, how they are demarcated, and persons authorized to enter the regulated areas;
(E) A description of activities conducted by the owner or operator to review and update the exposure control plan to ensure effectiveness of the exposure controls, identify any necessary updates to the exposure controls, and confirm that all persons are properly implementing the exposure controls; and
(F) An explanation of the procedures for responding to any change that may reasonably be expected to introduce additional sources of exposure to methylene chloride, or otherwise result in increased exposure to methylene chloride, including procedures for implementing corrective actions to mitigate exposure to methylene chloride.
(ii) Exposure control plan requirements.(A) The owner or operator must not implement a schedule of personnel rotation as a means of compliance with the ECEL.
(B) The owner or operator must maintain the effectiveness of any controls, instituted under paragraph (e) of this section.
(C) The exposure control plan must be reviewed and updated as necessary, but at least every 5 years, to reflect any significant changes in the status of the owner or operator's approach to compliance with paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section.
(iii) Availability of exposure control plan.(A) Owners or operators must make the exposure control plan and associated records, including exposure monitoring, respiratory protection program implementation, and dermal protection program implementation records, available to potentially exposed persons.
(B) Owners or operators must notify potentially exposed persons of the availability of the plan and associated records within 30 days of the date that the exposure control plan is completed and at least annually thereafter. The notification must be provided in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d)(5)(iii) of this section.
(C) Upon request by the potentially exposed person, the owner or operator must provide the specified records at a reasonable time, place, and manner. If the owner or operator is unable to provide the requested records within 15 days, the owner or operator must, within those 15 days, inform the potentially exposed person requesting the record(s) of the reason for the delay and the earliest date when the record can be made available.
(3) Respirator requirements. The owner or operator must supply a respirator, selected in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section, to each potentially exposed person who enters a regulated area and must ensure each potentially exposed person uses that respirator whenever methylene chloride exposures may exceed the ECEL or EPA STEL.
(f) Respiratory protection —(1) Respirator conditions. After February 8, 2027 for Federal agencies and Federal contractors acting for or on behalf of the Federal Government, after August 1, 2025 for other owners and operators, or within 3 months after receipt of the results of any exposure monitoring as described in paragraph (d) of this section, owners or operators must provide respiratory protection to all potentially exposed persons in the regulated area as outlined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, and according to the provisions outlined in 29 CFR 1910.134(a) through (l) (except 29 CFR 1910.134(d)(1)(iii)) and as specified in this paragraph (f) for potentially exposed persons exposed to methylene chloride in concentrations above the ECEL or the EPA STEL. For the purpose of this paragraph (f), the maximum use concentration (MUC) as used in 29 CFR 1910.134 must be calculated by multiplying the assigned protection factor (APF) specified for a respirator by the ECEL or EPA STEL.
(2) Respirator selection criteria. The type of respiratory protection that regulated entities must select and provide to potentially exposed persons in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1052(g)(3)(i), is directly related to the monitoring results, as follows:
(i) If the measured exposure concentration is at or below the ECEL or EPA STEL: no respiratory protection is required.
(ii) If the measured exposure concentration is above 2 ppm and less than or equal to 50 ppm: the respirator protection required is any NIOSH Approved® supplied-air respirator (SAR) or airline respirator in a continuous-flow mode equipped with a loose-fitting facepiece or helmet/hood (APF 25).
(iii) If the measured exposure concentration is above 50 ppm and less than or equal to 100 ppm the respirator protection required is:
(A) Any NIOSH Approved® Supplied-Air Respirator (SAR) or airline respirator in a demand mode equipped with a full facepiece (APF 50); or
(B) Any NIOSH Approved® Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) in demand-mode equipped with a full facepiece or helmet/hood (APF 50).
(iv) If the measured exposure concentration is unknown or at any value above 100 ppm and up to 2,000 ppm the respirator protection required is:
(A) Any NIOSH Approved® Supplied-Air Respirator (SAR) or airline respirator in a continuous-flow mode equipped with a full facepiece or certified helmet/hood that has been tested to demonstrate performance at a level of a protection of APF 1,000 or greater. (APF 1,000); or
(B) Any NIOSH Approved® Supplied-Air Respirator (SAR) or airline respirator in pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode equipped with a full facepiece and an auxiliary self-contained air supply (APF 1,000); or
(C) Any NIOSH Approved® Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) in a pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode equipped with a full facepiece or certified helmet/hood (APF 10,000).
(3) Minimal respiratory protection. Requirements outlined in paragraph (e)(2) of this section represent the minimum respiratory protection requirements, such that any respirator affording a higher degree of protection than the required respirator may be used.
(g) Dermal protection.(1) After February 8, 2027 for Federal agencies and Federal contractors acting for or on behalf of the Federal Government, or after August 1, 2025 for other owners and operators, owners or operators must require the donning of gloves that are chemically resistant to methylene chloride with activity-specific training where dermal contact with methylene chloride is possible, after application of the requirements in paragraph (e) of this section, in accordance with the NIOSH hierarchy of controls.
(2) Owners or operators must minimize and protect potentially exposed persons from dermal exposure in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1052(h) and (i).
(h) Training. Owners or operators must provide training in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1052(l)(1) through (6) to potentially exposed persons prior to or at the time of initial assignment to a job involving potential exposure to methylene chloride. In addition, if respiratory protection or PPE must be worn within a regulated area, owners or operators must provide training in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.132(f) to potentially exposed persons within that regulated area.
§751.111 Downstream notification.
(a) After August 26, 2019, and before October 7, 2024, each person who manufactures (including imports), and before December 4, 2024 processes or distributes in commerce methylene chloride for any use must, prior to or concurrent with the shipment, notify companies to whom methylene chloride is shipped, in writing, of the restrictions described in §751.105. Notification must occur by inserting the following text in section 1(c) and section 15 of the SDS provided with the methylene chloride or with any methylene chloride-containing product:
This chemical/product is not and cannot be distributed in commerce (as defined in TSCA section 3(5)) or processed (as defined in TSCA section 3(13)) for consumer paint or coating removal.
(b) Beginning on October 7, 2024, each person who manufactures (including import) methylene chloride for any use must, prior to or concurrent with the shipment, notify companies to whom methylene chloride is shipped, in writing, of the restrictions described in this subpart in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
(c) Beginning on December 4, 2024, each person who processes or distributes in commerce methylene chloride or methylene chloride-containing products for any use must, prior to or concurrent with the shipment, notify companies to whom methylene chloride is shipped, in writing, of the restrictions described in this subpart in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) The notification required under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section must occur by inserting the following text in section 1(c) and section 15 of the SDS provided with the methylene chloride or with any methylene chloride-containing product:
After February 3, 2025, this chemical substance (as defined in TSCA section 3(2))/product cannot be distributed in commerce to retailers. After January 28, 2026, this chemical substance (as defined in TSCA section 3(2))/product is and can only be distributed in commerce or processed with a concentration of methylene chloride equal to or greater than 0.1% by weight for the following purposes: (1) Processing as a reactant; (2) Processing for incorporation into a formulation, mixture, or reaction product; (3) Processing for repackaging; (4) Processing for recycling; (5) Industrial or commercial use as a laboratory chemical; (6) Industrial or commercial use as a bonding agent for solvent welding; (7) Industrial and commercial use as a paint and coating remover from safety critical, corrosion-sensitive components of aircraft and spacecraft; (8) Industrial and commercial use as a processing aid; (9) Industrial and commercial use for plastic and rubber products manufacturing; (10) Industrial and commercial use as a solvent that becomes part of a formulation or mixture, where that formulation or mixture will be used inside a manufacturing process, and the solvent (methylene chloride) will be reclaimed; (11) Industrial and commercial use in the refinishing for wooden furniture, decorative pieces, and architectural fixtures of artistic, cultural or historic value until May 8, 2029; (12) Industrial and commercial use in adhesives and sealants in aircraft, space vehicle, and turbine applications for structural and safety critical non-structural applications until May 8, 2029; (13) Disposal; and (14) Export.
§751.113 Recordkeeping requirements.
(a) General records. Each person who manufactures (including imports), processes, or distributes in commerce any methylene chloride after August 26, 2019, must retain in one location at the headquarters of the company, or at the facility for which the records were generated beginning July 8, 2024, documentation showing:
(1) The name, address, contact, and telephone number of companies to whom methylene chloride was shipped;
(2) A copy of the notification provided under §751.111; and
(3) The amount of methylene chloride shipped.
(b) Exposure control records. Owners or operators must retain records of:
(1) The exposure control plan as described in §751.109(e)(2);
(2) Implementation of the exposure control plan described in §751.109(e)(2), including:
(i) Any regular inspections, evaluations, and updating of the exposure controls to maintain effectiveness; and
(ii) Confirmation that all persons are properly implementing the exposure controls.
(3) Personal protective equipment (PPE) and respiratory protection used by potentially exposed persons and program implementation, including fit-testing, pursuant to §751.109(f) and (g);
(4) Information and training provided pursuant to §751.109(h); and
(5) Occurrence and duration of any start-up, shutdown, or malfunction of exposure controls or of facility equipment that causes air concentrations to be above the ECEL or EPA STEL and subsequent corrective actions taken during start-up, shutdown, or malfunctions to mitigate exposures to methylene chloride.
(c) Objective data. Objective data generated during the previous 5 years, when used to forgo the initial exposure monitoring, must include:
(1) The use of methylene chloride being evaluated;
(2) The source of objective data;
(3) The measurement methods, measurement results, and measurement analysis of the use of methylene chloride; and
(4) Any other relevant data to the operations, processes, or person's exposure.
(d) Exposure monitoring records.(1) Owners or operators are required to retain monitoring records that include, at minimum, the information described at 29 CFR 1910.1052(m)(2)(ii)(A) through (F). For the purposes of this paragraph (d)(1), cross-referenced provisions in 29 CFR 1910.1052(m)(2)(ii) applying to an “employee” apply equally to potentially exposed persons and cross-referenced provisions applying to an “employer” also apply equally to owners or operators.
(2) For each monitoring event of methylene chloride required under this subpart, owners or operators must also document the following:
(i) All measurements that may be necessary to determine the conditions that may affect the monitoring results;
(ii) The identity of all other potentially exposed persons whose exposure was not measured and whose exposure is intended to be represented by the area or representative sampling monitoring;
(iii) Use of established analytical methods;
(iv) Compliance with the Good Laboratory Practice Standards in accordance with 40 CFR part 792 or use of a laboratory accredited by the AIHA or another industry-recognized program; and
(v) Information regarding air monitoring equipment including: Type, maintenance, calibrations, performance tests, limits of detection, and any malfunctions.
(3) Owners or operators must maintain copies of exposure monitoring notifications provided pursuant to §751.109(d)(5).
(e) Availability of exposure control plans. Owners or operators must document the notice to and ability of any potentially exposed persons to access the exposure control plan and other associated records in accordance with §751.109(e)(2)(iii).
(f) Records related to exemptions. To maintain eligibility for an exemption described in §751.115, the records maintained by the owners or operators must demonstrate compliance with the specific conditions of the exemption.
(g) Records related to the refinishing of wooden furniture, decorative pieces, and architectural fixtures.(1) Owners and operators of workplaces engaged in the industrial or commercial use of methylene chloride for the refinishing of wooden furniture, decorative pieces, and architectural fixtures of artistic, cultural, or historic value must document each instance of refinishing such pieces.
(2) The documentation required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section must include:
(i) The date of the refinishing activity;
(ii) A description of the wooden piece that was refinished and an explanation of its artistic, cultural, or historic value;
(iii) The name of the owner of the refinished wooden piece;
(iv) The name of the individual(s) that refinished the wooden piece;
(v) A description of the methylene chloride product used and the quantity of the product used to perform the refinishing; and
(vi) Records demonstrating compliance with the requirements of §751.117.
(h) Minimum record retention period. The records required under this section must be retained for at least 5 years from the date that such records were generated.
On April 17, 2015, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA or the Agency) promulgated national minimum criteria for existing and new coal combustion residuals (CCR) landfills and existing and new CCR surface impoundments. On August 21, 2018, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit vacated the exemption for inactive surface impoundments at inactive facilities (legacy CCR surface impoundments) and remanded the issue back to EPA to take further action consistent with its opinion in Utility Solid Waste Activities Group, et al. v. EPA. This action responds to that order and establishes regulatory requirements for legacy CCR surface impoundments. EPA is also establishing requirements for CCR management units at active CCR facilities and at inactive CCR facilities with a legacy CCR surface impoundment. Finally, EPA is making several technical corrections to the existing regulations, such as correcting certain citations and harmonizing definitions.
DATES: This final rule is effective on November 4, 2024, published in the Federal Register May 8, 2024, page 38950.
View final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is finalizing the technology reviews (TR) conducted for the national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for gasoline distribution facilities and the review of the new source performance standards (NSPS) for bulk gasoline terminals pursuant to the requirements of the Clean Air Act (CAA). The final NESHAP amendments include revised requirements for storage vessels, loading operations, and equipment to reflect cost-effective developments in practices, processes, or controls. The final NSPS reflect the best system of emission reduction for loading operations and equipment leaks. In addition, the EPA is: finalizing revisions related to emissions during periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction (SSM); adding requirements for electronic reporting; revising monitoring and operating requirements for control devices; and making other minor technical improvements. The EPA estimates that this final action will reduce hazardous air pollutant emissions from gasoline distribution facilities by over 2,200 tons per year (tpy) and volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions by 45,400 tpy.
DATES: The final rule is effective July 8, 2024, published in the Federal Register May 8, 2024, page 39304.
View final rule.
Pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA” or “Superfund”), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is designating two per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS)—perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS), including their salts and structural isomers—as hazardous substances. The Agency reached this decision after evaluating the available scientific and technical information about PFOA and PFOS and determining that they may present a substantial danger to the public health or welfare or the environment when released. The Agency also determined that designation is warranted based on a totality of the circumstances analysis, including an analysis of the advantages and disadvantages of designation.
DATES: Effective July 8, 2024, published in the Federal Register May 8, 2024, page 39124.
View final rule.
§302.4 Hazardous substances and reportable quantities. | ||
Note II to Table 302.4 | Revised | View text |
Table 302.4, entries ‘‘Perfluorooctanesulfonic acid, salts, & structural isomersv’’, ‘‘Perfluorooctanesulfonic acidv’’, Perfluorooctanoic acid, salts, & structural isomersv’’, and ‘‘Perfluorooctanoic acidv’’; | Added | View text |
Appendix A to §302.4—Sequential CAS Registry Number List of CERCLA Hazardous Substances | ||
Entries for “335-67-1” and “1763-23-1” | Added | View text |
New Text
§302.4 Hazardous substances and reportable quantities.
* * * * *
Note II to Table 302.4
Hazardous substances are given a Statutory Code based on their statutory source. The “Statutory Code” column indicates the statutory source for designating each substance as a CERCLA hazardous substance. Statutory Code “1” indicates a Clean Water Act (CWA) Hazardous Substance [40 CFR 116.4; 33 U.S.C. 1321(b)(2)(A)]. Statutory Code “2” indicates a CWA Toxic Pollutant [40 CFR 401.15, 40 CFR part 423 Appendix A, and/or 40 CFR 131.36; 33 U.S.C. 1317(a)]. Statutory Code “3” indicates a CAA HAP [42 U.S.C. 7412(b); Pub. L. 101-549 November 15, 1990; 70 FR 75047 December 19, 2005; 69 FR 69320 November 29, 2004; 61 FR 30816 June 18, 1996; 65 FR 47342 August 2, 2000; 87 FR 393 January 5, 2022]. Statutory Code “4” indicates Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Hazardous Wastes [40 CFR part 261 Subpart D—Lists of Hazardous Wastes; 42 U.S.C. 6921]. (Note: The “RCRA waste No.” column provides the waste identification numbers assigned by RCRA regulations). Statutory Code “5” indicates a hazardous substance designated under section 102(a) of CERCLA. The “Final RQ [pounds (kg)]” column provides the reportable quantity for each hazardous substance in pounds and kilograms.
* * * * *
This action finalizes amendments to the national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for the Coal- and Oil-Fired Electric Utility Steam Generating Units (EGUs) source category. These final amendments are the result of the EPA's review of the 2020 Residual Risk and Technology Review (RTR). The changes, which were proposed under the technology review in April 2023, include amending the filterable particulate matter (fPM) surrogate emission standard for non-mercury metal hazardous air pollutants (HAP) for existing coal-fired EGUs, the fPM emission standard compliance demonstration requirements, and the mercury (Hg) emission standard for lignite-fired EGUs. Additionally, the EPA is finalizing a change to the definition of “startup.” The EPA did not propose, and is not finalizing, any changes to the 2020 Residual Risk Review.
DATES:
This final rule is effective on July 8, 2024, published in the Federal Register May 7, 2024, page 38508.
View final rule.
In an ever-changing world, one thing that remains consistent is the need for permits. They’re required to conduct all sorts of activities, like parking in a restricted area, operating a business, and (the focus of this article) managing hazardous waste.
Permitting programs are one way the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) ensures facilities comply with environmental statutes. The agency recently launched epa.gov/permits, a web-based platform that centralizes information about the agency’s federal environmental permit programs, including the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Subtitle C Permit that’s required to treat, store, and dispose of hazardous waste.
Like EPA’s new permit platform, we want to offer a helpful starting point for navigating RCRA permit requirements. Get answers to five of the most frequently asked questions about RCRA permits.
All facilities that currently or plan to treat, store, and/or dispose of hazardous wastes (identified or listed at 40 CFR Part 261) must obtain a RCRA permit.
These treatment, storage, and disposal facilities (TSDFs) may not operate without a permit unless the facility is exempt and meets specific regulatory conditions. Generally, exempt entities include:
See 270.1 for all exceptions and exemptions.
The RCRA permit is a legally binding document that establishes the waste management activities a facility may conduct and the conditions under which it may conduct the activities. The permit lists:
RCRA permits are issued either by an EPA regional office or the state.
Authorized states implement and enforce hazardous waste management programs with standards at least as stringent as the federal rules. Note that EPA maintains its enforcement authorities over state programs. If your facility is in an authorized state that can address all provisions, apply for a state RCRA permit.
However, some states aren’t authorized to address all permit provisions, so EPA must address the unauthorized provisions. In this case, apply for a joint RCRA permit from the state and EPA.
If your facility is in an unauthorized state or territory, apply for a federal RCRA permit through the regional EPA office.
Check with your state to determine whether it’s in an authorized state and, if so, whether you need a state or joint RCRA permit. EPA lists links to state hazardous waste permit programs.
Designed to streamline the permitting process, a standardized RCRA permit reduces application requirements. The permit includes a uniform portion and may also have a supplemental portion, added at the discretion of EPA or the authorized state.
Standardized permits (regulated under Part 270 Subpart J) may be issued to TSDFs that:
The overall RCRA permit process at the federal level consists of six phases:
RCRA permits are typically effective for 10 years, but EPA can issue a permit for a shorter duration. TSDFs must receive a permit before beginning construction of a new facility. Permitted TSDFs must submit a new RCRA permit application at least six months before the current permit expires.
Remember to check state regulations for any stricter standards and differing processes.
Key to remember: Any facility that currently or plans to store, treat, or dispose of regulated hazardous waste must have a RCRA permit.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA or the Agency) is finalizing amendments to the procedural framework rule for conducting risk evaluations under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). The purpose of risk evaluations under TSCA is to determine whether a chemical substance presents an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment, without consideration of costs or non-risk factors, including unreasonable risk to potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulations identified as relevant to the risk evaluation by EPA, under the conditions of use. EPA reconsidered the procedural framework rule for conducting such risk evaluations and is revising certain aspects of that framework to better align with the statutory text and applicable court decisions, to reflect the Agency's experience implementing the risk evaluation program following enactment of the 2016 TSCA amendments, and to allow for consideration of future scientific advances in the risk evaluation process without need to further amend the Agency's procedural rule.
DATES: This final rule is effective on July 2, 2024, published in the Federal Register May 3, 2024, page 37028.
View final rule.
Subpart B—Procedures for Chemical Substance Risk Evaluations | ||
Entire subpart | Revised | View text |
New Text
Subpart B—Procedures for Chemical Substance Risk Evaluations
§702.31 General provisions.
(a) Purpose. This subpart establishes the EPA process for conducting a risk evaluation to determine whether a chemical substance presents an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment as required under TSCA section 6(b)(4)(B) (15 U.S.C. 2605(b)(4)(B)).
(b) Scope. These regulations establish the general procedures, key definitions, and timelines EPA will use in a risk evaluation conducted pursuant to TSCA section 6(b) (15 U.S.C. 2605(b)).
(c) Applicability. The requirements of this part apply to all chemical substance risk evaluations initiated pursuant to TSCA section 6(b) (15 U.S.C. 2605(b)) beginning June 3, 2024. For risk evaluations initiated prior to this date, but not yet finalized, EPA will seek to apply the requirements in this subpart to the extent practicable. These requirements shall not apply retroactively to risk evaluations already finalized.
(d) Categories of chemical substances. Consistent with EPA's authority to take action with respect to categories of chemicals under 15 U.S.C. 2625(c), all references in this part to “chemical” or “chemical substance” shall also apply to “a category of chemical substances.”
§702.33 Definitions.
All definitions in TSCA apply to this subpart. In addition, the following definitions apply:
Act means the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), as amended (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.).
Aggregate exposure means the combined exposures from a chemical substance across multiple routes and across multiple pathways.
Conditions of use means the circumstances, as determined by the Administrator, under which a chemical substance is intended, known, or reasonably foreseen to be manufactured, processed, distributed in commerce, used, or disposed of.
EPA means the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Pathways means the physical course a chemical substance takes from the source to the organism exposed.
Potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulation means a group of individuals within the general population identified by EPA who, due to either greater susceptibility or greater exposure, may be at greater risk than the general population of adverse health effects from exposure to a chemical substance or mixture, such as infants, children, pregnant women, workers, the elderly, or overburdened communities.
Reasonably available information means information that EPA possesses or can reasonably generate, obtain, and synthesize for use in risk evaluations, considering the deadlines specified in TSCA section 6(b)(4)(G) for completing such evaluation. Information that meets the terms of the preceding sentence is reasonably available information whether or not the information is confidential business information, that is protected from public disclosure under TSCA section 14.
Routes means the ways a chemical substance enters an organism after contact, e.g., by ingestion, inhalation, or dermal absorption.
Sentinel exposure means the exposure from a chemical substance that represents the plausible upper bound of exposure relative to all other exposures within a broad category of similar or related exposures.
Uncertainty means the imperfect knowledge or lack of precise knowledge of the real world either for specific values of interest or in the description of the system.
Variability means the inherent natural variation, diversity, and heterogeneity across time and/or space or among individuals within a population.
§702.35 Chemical substances subject to risk evaluation.
(a) Chemical substances undergoing risk evaluation. A risk evaluation for a chemical substance designated by EPA as a High-Priority Substance pursuant to the prioritization process described in subpart A or initiated at the request of a manufacturer or manufacturers under §702.45, will be conducted in accordance with this part, subject to §702.31(c).
(b) Percentage requirements. Pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 2605(b)(4)(E)(i) and in accordance with §702.45(j)(1), EPA will ensure that the number of chemical substances for which a manufacturer-requested risk evaluation is initiated pursuant to §702.45(e)(9) is not less than 25%and not more than 50% of the number of chemical substances for which a risk evaluation was initiated upon designation as a High-Priority Substance under subpart A.
(c) Manufacturer-requested risk evaluations for work plan chemical substances. Manufacturer requests for risk evaluations, described in paragraph (a) of this section, for chemical substances that are drawn from the 2014 update of the TSCA Work Plan for Chemical Assessments will be granted at the discretion of EPA. Such evaluations are not subject to the percentage requirements in paragraph (b) of this section.
§702.37 Evaluation requirements.
(a) Considerations.(1) EPA will use applicable EPA guidance when conducting risk evaluations, as appropriate and where it represents the best available science.
(2) EPA will document that the risk evaluation is consistent with the best available science and based on the weight of the scientific evidence. In determining best available science, EPA shall consider as applicable:
(i) The extent to which the scientific information, technical procedures, measures, methods, protocols, methodologies, or models employed to generate the information are reasonable for and consistent with the intended use of the information;
(ii) The extent to which the information is relevant for the Administrator's use in making a decision about a chemical substance or mixture;
(iii) The degree of clarity and completeness with which the data, assumptions, methods, quality assurance, and analyses employed to generate the information are documented;
(iv) The extent to which the variability and uncertainty in the information, or in the procedures, measures, methods, protocols, methodologies, or models, are evaluated and characterized; and
(v) The extent of independent verification or peer review of the information or of the procedures, measures, methods, protocols, methodologies or models.
(3) EPA will ensure that all supporting analyses and components of the risk evaluation are suitable for their intended purpose, and tailored to the problems and decision at hand, in order to inform the development of a technically sound determination as to whether a chemical substance presents an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment under the conditions of use, based on the weight of the scientific evidence.
(4) EPA will not exclude conditions of use from the scope of the risk evaluation, but a fit-for-purpose approach may result in varying types and levels of analysis and supporting information for certain conditions of use, consistent with paragraph (b) of this section. The extent to which EPA will refine its evaluations for one or more condition of use in any risk evaluation will vary as necessary to determine whether a chemical substance presents an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment.
(5) EPA will evaluate chemical substances that are metals or metal compounds in accordance with 15 U.S.C. 2605(b)(2)(E).
(b) Information and information sources.(1) EPA will base each risk evaluation on reasonably available information.
(2) EPA will apply systematic review methods to assess reasonably available information, as needed to carry out risk evaluations that meet the requirements in TSCA section 26(h) and (i), in a manner that is objective, unbiased, and transparent.
(3) EPA may determine that certain information gaps can be addressed through application of assumptions, uncertainty factors, models, and/or screening to conduct its analysis with respect to the chemical substance, consistent with 15 U.S.C. 2625. The approaches used will be determined by the quality of reasonably available information, the deadlines specified in TSCA section 6(b)(4)(G) for completing the risk evaluation, and the extent to which the information reduces uncertainty.
(4) EPA expects to use its authorities under the Act, and other information gathering authorities, when necessary to obtain the information needed to perform a risk evaluation for a chemical substance before initiating the risk evaluation for such substance. EPA will also use such authorities during the performance of a risk evaluation to obtain information as needed and on a case-by-case basis to ensure that EPA has adequate, reasonably available information to perform the evaluation. Where appropriate, to the extent practicable, and scientifically justified, EPA will require the development of information generated without the use of new testing on vertebrates.
(5) Among other sources of information, EPA will also consider information and advice provided by the Science Advisory Committee on Chemicals established pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 2625(o).
§702.39 Components of risk evaluation.
(a) In general. Each risk evaluation will include all of the following components:
(1) A Scope;
(2) A Hazard Assessment;
(3) An Exposure Assessment;
(4) A Risk Characterization; and
(5) A Risk Determination.
(b) Scope of the risk evaluation. The scope of the risk evaluation will include all the following:
(1) The condition(s) of use the EPA expects to consider in the risk evaluation.
(2) The potentially exposed populations, including any potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulations as identified as relevant to the risk evaluation by EPA under the conditions of use that EPA plans to evaluate.
(3) The ecological receptors that EPA plans to evaluate.
(4) The hazards to health and the environment that EPA plans to evaluate.
(5) A description of the reasonably available information and scientific approaches EPA plans to use in the risk evaluation.
(6) A conceptual model that describes the actual or predicted relationships between the chemical substance, its associated conditions of use through predicted exposure scenarios, and the identified human and environmental receptors and human and ecological health hazards.
(7) An analysis plan that includes hypotheses and descriptions about the relationships identified in the conceptual model and the approaches and strategies EPA intends to use to assess exposure and hazard effects, and to characterize risk; and a description, including quality, of the data, information, methods, and models, that EPA intends to use in the analysis and how uncertainty and variability will be characterized.
(8) EPA's plan for peer review consistent with §702.41.
(c) Hazard assessment.(1) The hazard assessment process includes the identification, evaluation, and synthesis of information to describe the potential health and environmental hazards of the chemical substance under the conditions of use.
(2) Hazard information related to potential health and environmental hazards of the chemical substance will be reviewed in a manner consistent with best available science based on the weight of scientific evidence and all assessment methods will be documented.
(3) Consistent with §702.37(b), information evaluated may include, but would not be limited to: Human epidemiological studies, in vivo and/or in vitro laboratory studies, biomonitoring and/or human clinical studies, ecological field data, read across, mechanistic and/or kinetic studies in a variety of test systems. These may include but are not limited to: toxicokinetics and toxicodynamics (e.g., physiological-based pharmacokinetic modeling), and computational toxicology (e.g., high-throughput assays, genomic response assays, data from structure-activity relationships, in silico approaches, and other health effects modeling).
(4) The hazard information relevant to the chemical substance will be evaluated for identified human and environmental receptors, including all identified potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulation(s) determined to be relevant, for the exposure scenarios relating to the conditions of use.
(5) The relationship between the dose of the chemical substance and the occurrence of health and environmental effects or outcomes will be evaluated.
(6) Hazard identification will include an evaluation of the strengths, limitations, and uncertainties associated with the reasonably available information.
(d) Exposure assessment.(1) Where relevant, the likely duration, intensity, frequency, and number of exposures under the conditions of use will be considered.
(2) Exposure information related to potential human health or ecological hazards of the chemical substance will be reviewed in a manner consistent with best available science based on the weight of scientific evidence and all assessment methods will be documented.
(3) Consistent with §702.37(b), information evaluated may include, but would not be limited to: chemical release reports, release or emission scenarios, data and information collected from monitoring or reporting, release estimation approaches and assumptions, biological monitoring data, workplace monitoring data, chemical exposure health data, industry practices with respect to occupational exposure control measures, and exposure modeling.
(4) Chemical-specific factors, including, but not limited to physical-chemical properties and environmental fate and transport parameters, will be examined.
(5) The human health exposure assessment will consider all potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulation(s) determined to be relevant.
(6) Environmental health exposure assessment will characterize and evaluate the interaction of the chemical substance with the ecological receptors and the exposures considered, including populations and communities, depending on the chemical substance and the ecological characteristic involved.
(7) EPA will describe whether sentinel exposures under the conditions of use were considered and the basis for their consideration.
(8) EPA will consider aggregate exposures to the chemical substance, and, when supported by reasonably available information, consistent with the best available science and based on the weight of scientific evidence, include an aggregate exposure assessment in the risk evaluation, or will otherwise explain in the risk evaluation the basis for not including such an assessment.
(9) EPA will assess all exposure routes and pathways relevant to the chemical substance under the conditions of use, including those that are regulated under other federal statutes.
(e) Risk characterization.(1) Requirements. To characterize the risks from the chemical substance, EPA will:
(i) Integrate the hazard and exposure assessments into quantitative and/or qualitative estimates relevant to specific risks of injury to health or the environment, including any potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulations identified, under the conditions of use;
(ii) Not consider costs or other non-risk factors; and
(iii) Describe the weight of the scientific evidence for the identified hazards and exposures.
(2) Summary of considerations. EPA will summarize, as applicable, the considerations addressed throughout the evaluation components, in carrying out the obligations under 15 U.S.C. 2625(h). This summary will include, as appropriate, a discussion of:
(i) Considerations regarding uncertainty and variability. Information about uncertainty and variability in each step of the risk evaluation (e.g., use of default assumptions, scenarios, choice of models, and information used for quantitative analysis) will be integrated into an overall characterization and/or analysis of the impact of the uncertainty and variability on estimated risks. EPA may describe the uncertainty using a qualitative assessment of the overall strength and limitations of the data and approaches used in the assessment.
(ii) Considerations of data quality. A discussion of data quality (e.g., reliability, relevance, and whether methods employed to generate the information are reasonable for and consistent with the intended use of the information), as well as assumptions used, will be included to the extent necessary. EPA also expects to include a discussion of the extent of independent verification or peer review of the information or of the procedures, measures, methods, protocols, methodologies, or models used in the risk evaluation.
(iii) Considerations of alternative interpretations. If appropriate and relevant, where alternative interpretations are plausible, a discussion of alternative interpretations of the data and analyses will be included.
(iv) Additional considerations for environmental risk. For evaluation of environmental risk, it may be necessary to discuss the nature and magnitude of the effects, the spatial and temporal patterns of the effects, implications at the individual, species, population, and community level, and the likelihood of recovery subsequent to exposure to the chemical substance.
(f) Risk determination.(1) As part of the risk evaluation, EPA will make a single determination as to whether the chemical substance presents an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment, without consideration of costs or other non-risk factors, including an unreasonable risk to a potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulation, under the conditions of use.
(2) In determining whether unreasonable risk is presented, EPA's consideration of occupational exposure scenarios will take into account reasonably available information, including known and reasonably foreseen circumstances where subpopulations of workers are exposed due to the absence or ineffective use of personal protective equipment. EPA will not consider exposure reduction based on assumed use of personal protective equipment as part of the risk determination.
(3) EPA will determine whether a chemical substance does or does not present an unreasonable risk after considering the risks posed under the conditions of use and, where EPA makes a determination of unreasonable risk, EPA will identify the conditions of use that significantly contribute to such determination.
§702.41 Peer review.
EPA will conduct peer review activities on risk evaluations conducted pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 2605(b)(4)(A). EPA expects such activities, including decisions regarding the appropriate scope and type of peer review, to be consistent with the applicable peer review policies, procedures, and methods in guidance promulgated by the Office of Management and Budget and EPA, and in accordance with 15 U.S.C. 2625(h) and (i).
§702.43 Risk evaluation actions and timeframes.
(a) Draft scope.(1) For each risk evaluation to be conducted, EPA will publish a document that specifies the draft scope of the risk evaluation EPA plans to conduct and publish a notice of availability in the Federal Register. The document will address the elements in §702.39(b).
(2) EPA generally expects to publish the draft scope during the prioritization process concurrent with publication of a proposed designation as a High-Priority Substance pursuant to §702.9(g), but no later than 3 months after the initiation of the risk evaluation process for the chemical substance.
(3) EPA will allow a public comment period of no less than 45 calendar days during which interested persons may submit comment on EPA's draft scope. EPA will open a docket to facilitate receipt of public comments.
(b) Final scope.(1) EPA will, no later than 6 months after the initiation of a risk evaluation, publish a document that specifies the final scope of the risk evaluation EPA plans to conduct, and publish a notice of availability in the Federal Register. The document shall address the elements in §702.39(b).
(2) For a chemical substance designated as a High-Priority Substance under subpart A of this part, EPA will not publish the final scope of the risk evaluation until at least 12 months have elapsed from the initiation of the prioritization process for the chemical substance.
(c) Draft risk evaluation. EPA will publish a draft risk evaluation, publish a notice of availability in the Federal Register, open a docket to facilitate receipt of public comment, and provide no less than a 60-day comment period, during which time the public may submit comment on EPA's draft risk evaluation. The document shall include the elements in §702.39(c) through (f).
(d) Final risk evaluation.(1) EPA will complete and publish a final risk evaluation for the chemical substance under the conditions of use as soon as practicable, but not later than 3 years after the date on which EPA initiates the risk evaluation. The document shall include the elements in §702.39(c) through (f) and EPA will publish a notice of availability in the Federal Register.
(2) EPA may extend the deadline for a risk evaluation for not more than 6 months. The total time elapsed between initiation of the risk evaluation and completion of the risk evaluation may not exceed 3- and one-half years.
(e) Final determination of unreasonable risk. Upon determination by the EPA pursuant to §702.39(f) that a chemical substance presents an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment, EPA will initiate action as required pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 2605(a).
(f) Final determination of no unreasonable risk. A determination by the EPA pursuant to §702.39(f) that the chemical substance does not present an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment will be issued by order and considered to be a final Agency action, effective on the date of issuance of the order.
(g) Substantive revisions to scope documents and risk evaluations. The circumstances under which EPA will undertake substantive revisions to scope and risk evaluation documents are as follows:
(1) Draft documents. To the extent there are changes to a draft scope or draft risk evaluation, EPA will describe such changes in the final document.
(2) Final scope. To the extent there are changes to the scope of the risk evaluation after publication of the final scope document, EPA will describe such changes in the draft risk evaluation, or, where appropriate and prior to the issuance of a draft risk evaluation, may make relevant information publicly available in the docket and publish a notice of availability of that information in the Federal Register.
(3) Final risk evaluation. For any chemical substance for which EPA has already finalized a risk evaluation, EPA will generally not revise, supplement, or reissue a final risk evaluation without first undergoing the procedures at §702.7 to re-initiate the prioritization process for that chemical substance, except where EPA has determined it to be in the interest of protecting human health or the environment to do so, considering the statutory responsibilities and deadlines under 15 U.S.C. 2605.
(4) Process for revisions to final risk evaluations. Where EPA determines to revise or supplement a final risk evaluation pursuant to paragraph (g)(3) of this section, EPA will follow the same procedures in this section including publication of a new draft and final risk evaluation and solicitation of public comment in accordance with §§702.43(c) and (d), and peer review, as appropriate, in accordance with §702.41.
§702.45 Submission of manufacturer requests for risk evaluations.
(a) General provisions.(1) One or more manufacturers of a chemical substance may request that EPA conduct a risk evaluation on a chemical substance.
(2) Such requests must comply with all the requirements, procedures, and criteria in this section.
(3) Subject to limited exceptions in paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of this section, it is the burden of the requesting manufacturer(s) to provide EPA with the information necessary to carry out the risk evaluation.
(4) In determining whether there is sufficient information to support a manufacturer-requested risk evaluation, EPA expects to apply the same standard as it would for EPA-initiated risk evaluations, including but not limited to the considerations and requirements in §702.37.
(5) EPA may identify data needs at any time during the process described in this section, and, by submitting a request for risk evaluation under this section, the requesting manufacturer(s) agrees to provide, or develop and provide, EPA with information EPA deems necessary to carry out the risk evaluation, consistent with the provisions described in this subpart.
(6) EPA will not expedite or otherwise provide special treatment to a manufacturer-requested risk evaluation pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 2605(b)(4)(E)(ii).
(7) Once initiated in accordance with paragraph (e)(9) of this section, EPA will conduct manufacturer-requested risk evaluations following the procedures in §§702.37 through 702.43 and §§702.47 through 702.49 of this subpart.
(8) For purposes of this section, information that is “known to or reasonably ascertainable by” the requesting manufacturer(s) would include all information in the requesting manufacturer's possession or control, plus all information that a reasonable person similarly situated might be expected to possess, control, or know. Meeting this standard requires an exercise and documentation of due diligence that may vary depending on the circumstances and parties involved. At a minimum, due diligence requires:
(i) A thorough search and collection of publicly available information;
(ii) A reasonable inquiry within the requesting manufacturer's entire organization; and
(iii) A reasonably inquiry outside of the requesting manufacturer's organization, including inquiries to upstream suppliers; downstream users; and employees or other agents of the manufacturer, including persons involved in research and development, import or production, or marketing.
(9) In the event that a group of manufacturers of a chemical substance submit a request for risk evaluation under this section, the term “requesting manufacturer” in paragraphs (a), (c), and (i) of this section shall apply to all manufacturers in the group. EPA will otherwise coordinate with the primary contact named in the request for purposes of communication, payment of fees, and other actions as needed.
(b) Method for submission. All manufacturer-requested risk evaluations under this subpart must be submitted via the EPA Central Data Exchange (CDX) found at https://cdx.epa.gov.
(c) Content of request. Requests must include all of the following information:
(1) Name, mailing address, and contact information of the entity (or entities) submitting the request. If more than one manufacturer submits the request, all individual manufacturers must provide their contact information.
(2) The chemical identity of the chemical substance that is the subject of the request. At a minimum, this includes: all known names of the chemical substance, including common or trades names, CAS number, and molecular structure of the chemical substance.
(3) For requests pertaining to a category of chemical substances, an explanation of why the category is appropriate under 15 U.S.C. 2625(c). EPA will determine whether the category is appropriate for risk evaluation as part of reviewing the request in paragraph (e) of this section.
(4) A description of the circumstances under which the chemical substance is intended, known, or reasonably foreseen to be manufactured, processed, distributed in commerce, used, or disposed of, and all information known to or reasonably ascertainable by the requesting manufacturer that supports the identification of the circumstances described in this paragraph (c)(4).
(5) All information known to or reasonably ascertainable by the requesting manufacturer(s) on the health and environmental hazard(s) of the chemical substance, human and environmental exposure(s), and exposed population(s), including but not limited to:
(i) The chemical substance's exposure potential, including occupational, general population and consumer exposures, and facility release information;
(ii) The chemical substance's hazard potential, including all potential environmental and human health hazards;
(iii) The chemical substance's physical and chemical properties;
(iv) The chemical substance's fate and transport properties including persistence and bioaccumulation;
(v) Industrial and commercial locations where the chemical is used or stored;
(vi) Whether there is any storage of the chemical substance near significant sources of drinking water, including the storage facility location and the nearby drinking water source(s);
(vii) Consumer products containing the chemical;
(viii) The chemical substance's production volume or significant changes in production volume; and
(ix) Any other information relevant to the hazards, exposures and/or risks of the chemical substance.
(6) Where information described in paragraph (c)(4) or (5) of this section is unavailable, an explanation as to why, and the rationale for why, in the requester's view, the provided information is nonetheless sufficient to allow EPA to complete a risk evaluation on the chemical substance.
(7) Copies of all information referenced in paragraph (c)(5) of this section, or citations if the information is readily available from public sources.
(8) A signed certification from the requesting manufacturer(s) that all information contained in the request is accurate and complete, as follows:
I certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief:
(A) The company named in this request manufactures the chemical substance identified for risk evaluation.
(B) All information provided in the request is complete and accurate as of the date of the request.
(C) I have either identified or am submitting all information in my possession and control, and a description of all other data known to or reasonably ascertainable by me as required under this part. I am aware it is unlawful to knowingly submit incomplete, false and/or misleading information in this request and there are significant criminal penalties for such unlawful conduct, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment.
(9) Where appropriate, information that will inform EPA's determination as to whether restrictions imposed by one or more States have the potential to have a significant impact on interstate commerce or health or the environment, and that as a consequence the request is entitled to preference pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 2605(b)(4)(E)(iii).
(d) Confidential business information. Persons submitting a request under this subpart are subject to EPA confidentiality regulations at 40 CFR part 2, subpart B, and 40 CFR part 703.
(e) EPA process for reviewing requests.(1) Public notification of receipt of request. Within 15 days of receipt of a manufacturer-requested risk evaluation, EPA will notify the public that such request has been received.
(2) Initial review for completeness. EPA will determine whether the request appears to meet the requirements specified in this section (i.e., complete), or whether the request appears to not have met the requirements specified in this section (i.e., incomplete). EPA will notify the requesting manufacturer of the outcome of this initial review. For requests initially determined to be incomplete, EPA will cease review, pending actions taken by the requesting manufacturer pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section. For requests initially determined to be complete, EPA will proceed to the public notice and comment process described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
(3) Public notice and comment. No later than 90 days after initially determining a request to be complete pursuant to paragraph (e)(2) of this section, EPA will submit for publication the receipt of the request in the Federal Register, open a docket for that request and provide no less than a 60-day public comment period. The docket will contain the CBI sanitized copies of the request and all supporting information. The notice will encourage the public to submit comments and information relevant to the manufacturer-requested risk evaluation, including, but not limited to, identifying information not provided in the request, information the commenter believes necessary to conduct a risk evaluation, and any other information relevant to the conditions of use.
(4) Secondary review for sufficiency. Within 90 days following the end of the comment period in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, EPA will further consider whether public comments highlight deficiencies in the request not identified during EPA's initial review, and/or that the available information is not sufficient to support a reasoned evaluation. EPA will notify the requesting manufacturer of the outcome of this review. For requests determined to not be supported by sufficient information, EPA will cease review, pending actions taken pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section. For requests determined to be supported by sufficient information, EPA will proceed with request review process in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section.
(5) Grant. Where EPA determines a request to be complete and sufficiently supported in accordance with paragraphs (e)(2) and (4) of this section, and subject to the percentage limitations in TSCA section 6(b)(4)(E)(i)(II), EPA will grant the request. A grant does not mean that EPA has all information necessary to complete the risk evaluation.
(6) Publication of draft conditions of use and request for information. EPA will publish a notice in the Federal Register that identifies draft conditions of use, requests relevant information from the public, and provides no less than a 60-day public comment period. Within 90 days following the close of the public comment period in this paragraph, EPA will determine whether further information is needed to carry out the risk evaluation and notify the requesting manufacturer of its determination, pursuant to paragraph (e)(7) of this section. If EPA determines at this time that no further information is necessary, EPA will initiate the risk evaluation, pursuant to paragraph (e)(9) of this section.
(7) Identification of information needs. Where additional information needs are identified, EPA will notify the requesting manufacturer and set a reasonable amount of time, as determined by EPA, for response. In response to EPA's notice, and subject to the limitations in paragraph (g) of this section, the requesting manufacturer may:
(i) Provide the necessary information. EPA will set a reasonable amount of time, as determined by EPA, for the requesting manufacturer to produce or develop and produce the information. Upon receipt of the new information, EPA will review for sufficiency and make publicly available to the extent possible, including CBI-sanitized copies of that information; or
(ii) Withdraw the risk evaluation request. Fees to be collected or refunded shall be determined pursuant to paragraph (k) of this section and 40 CFR 700.45; or
(iii) Request that EPA obtain the information using authorities under TSCA sections 4, 8 or 11. The requesting manufacturer must provide a rationale as to why the information is not reasonably ascertainable to them. EPA will review and provide notice of its determination to the requesting manufacturer. Upon receipt of the information, EPA will review the additional information for sufficiency and provide additional public notice.
(8) Unfulfilled information needs. In circumstances where there have been additional data needs identified pursuant to paragraph (e)(7) of this section that are not fulfilled, because the requesting manufacturer is unable or unwilling to fulfill those needs in a timely manner, the requesting manufacture has produced information that is insufficient as determined by EPA, or EPA determines that a request to use TSCA authorities under section 4, 8 or 11 is not warranted, EPA may deem the request to be constructively withdrawn under paragraph (e)(7)(ii) of this section.
(9) Initiation of the risk evaluation. Within 90 days of the end of the comment period provided in paragraph (e)(6) of this section, or within 90 days of EPA determining that information identified and received pursuant to paragraph (e)(7) of this section is sufficient, EPA will initiate the requested risk evaluation and follow all requirements in this subpart, including but not limited to §§702.37 through 702.43 and §§702.47 through 702.49 of this subpart, and notify the requesting manufacturer and the public. Initiation of the risk evaluation does not limit or prohibit the Agency from identifying additional data needs during the risk evaluation process.
(f) Incomplete or insufficient request. Where EPA has determined that a request is incomplete or insufficient pursuant to paragraph (e)(2) or (4) of this section, the requesting manufacturer may supplement and resubmit the request. EPA will follow the process described in paragraph (e) of this section as it would for a new request.
(g) Withdrawal of request. The requesting manufacturer may withdraw a request at any time prior to EPA's grant of such request pursuant to paragraph (e)(5) of this section, or in accordance with paragraph (e)(7) of this section and subject to payment of applicable fees. The requesting manufacturer may not withdraw a request once EPA has initiated the risk evaluation. EPA may deem a request constructively withdrawn in the event of unfulfilled information needs pursuant to paragraph (e)(8) of this section or non-payment of fees as required in 40 CFR 700.45. EPA will notify the requesting manufacturer and the public of the withdrawn request.
(h) Data needs identified post-initiation. Where EPA identifies additional data needs after the risk evaluation has been initiated, the requesting manufacturer may remedy the deficiency pursuant to paragraph (e)(7)(i) or (iii) of this section.
(i) Supplementation of original request. At any time prior to the end of the comment period described in paragraph (e)(6) of this section, the requesting manufacturer(s) may supplement the original request with any new information that becomes available to the requesting manufacturer(s). At any point prior to the completion of a manufacturer-requested risk evaluation pursuant to this section, the requesting manufacturer(s) must supplement the original request with any information that meets the criteria in 15 U.S.C. 2607(e) and this section, or with any other reasonably ascertainable information that has the potential to change EPA's risk evaluation. Such information must be submitted consistent with 15 U.S.C. 2607(e) if the information is subject to that section or otherwise within 30 days of when the requesting manufacturer(s) obtain the information.
(j) Limitations on manufacturer-requested risk evaluations.
(1) In general. EPA will initiate a risk evaluation for all requests from manufacturers for non-TSCA Work Plan Chemicals that meet the criteria in this subpart, until EPA determines that the number of manufacturer-requested chemical substances undergoing risk evaluation is equal to 25% of the High-Priority Substances identified in subpart A as undergoing risk evaluation. Once that level has been reached, EPA will initiate at least one new manufacturer-requested risk evaluation for each manufacturer-requested risk evaluation completed so long as there are sufficient requests that meet the criteria of this subpart, as needed to ensure that the number of manufacturer-requested risk evaluations is equal to at least 25% of the High-Priority substances risk evaluations and not more than 50%.
(2) Preferences. In conformance with §702.35(c), in evaluating requests for TSCA Work Plan Chemicals and requests for non-TSCA Work Plan chemicals, EPA will give preference to requests for risk evaluations on chemical substances:
(i) First, for which EPA determines that restrictions imposed by one or more States have the potential to have a significant impact on interstate commerce, health or the environment; and then
(ii) Second, based on the order in which the requests are received.
(k) Fees. Manufacturers must pay fees to support risk evaluations as specified under 15 U.S.C. 2605(b)(4)(E)(ii), and in accordance with 15 U.S.C. 2625(b) and 40 CFR 700.45. In the event that a request for a risk evaluation is withdrawn by the requesting manufacturer pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section, the total fee amount due will be either, in accordance with 40 CFR 700.45(c)(2)(x) or (xi) (as adjusted by 40 CFR 700.45(d) when applicable), 50% or 100% of the actual costs expended in carrying out the risk evaluation as of the date of receipt of the withdrawal notice. The payment amount will be determined by EPA, and invoice or refund issued to the requesting manufacturer as appropriate.
§702.47 Interagency collaboration.
During the risk evaluation process, not to preclude any additional, prior, or subsequent collaboration, EPA will consult with other relevant Federal agencies.
§702.49 Publicly available information.
For each risk evaluation, EPA will maintain a public docket at https://www.regulations.gov to provide public access to the following information, as applicable for that risk evaluation:
(a) The draft scope, final scope, draft risk evaluation, and final risk evaluation;
(b) All notices, determinations, findings, consent agreements, and orders;
(c) Any information required to be provided to EPA under 15 U.S.C. 2603;
(d) A nontechnical summary of the risk evaluation;
(e) A list of the studies, with the results of the studies, considered in carrying out each risk evaluation;
(f) Any final peer review report, including the response to peer review and public comments received during peer review;
(g) Response to public comments received on the draft scope and the draft risk evaluation; and
(h) Where unreasonable risk to workers is identified via inhalation, EPA's calculation of a risk-based occupational exposure value.
In this action, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing revisions to the preconstruction permitting regulations that apply to modifications at existing major stationary sources in the New Source Review (NSR) program under the Clean Air Act (CAA or Act). The proposed revisions include revising the definition of “project” in the NSR regulations, adding additional recordkeeping and reporting requirements applicable to minor modifications at existing major stationary sources, and proposing to require that decreases accounted for in the Step 1 significant emissions increase calculation be enforceable.
DATES: This proposed rule is published in the Federal Register May 3, 2024, page 36870.
View proposed rule.
Environmental reporting can be confusing, especially when it comes to terms like Tier II and TRI. I'll never forget my first job in the environmental field. I was tasked with sorting through the records of my predecessor for the upcoming reporting season. Tier II reporting seemed straightforward enough — a basic inventory of what we had on-site. Then there was TRI, which, quite frankly, looked like Tier II's evil twin at the time.
I'll forever be grateful to a senior coworker who, in an attempt to set me straight, likened Tier II reporting to a fire drill and TRI reporting to a full-blown fire inspection. The alphabet soup of acronyms started to make sense. Both reports are related to chemicals; however, they have different focuses, reporting thresholds, and target audiences.
Tier II: Informing the community
Tier II reporting falls under Section 312 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA). It’s designed to inform local emergency responders and communities about the hazardous materials stored at a facility. This knowledge allows emergency personnel to be better prepared for potential accidents involving hazardous substances.
What to report: Tier II focuses on a broader range of hazardous materials compared to TRI. It covers flammable liquids, compressed gases, health hazards, and reactive chemicals exceeding specific threshold quantities (typically 500 pounds or 55 gallons for most chemicals).
Reporting format: Facilities are required to submit a Tier II Hazardous Chemical Inventory form by March 1 each year. It includes details about the identity, quantity, location, and hazards of each hazardous material stored on-site. Keep in mind that some states may have specific requirements for reporting and submission of the Tier II inventory form and/or the state reporting form or format.
TRI: Tracking toxic releases
The Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) Program, established under Section 313 of EPCRA, serves a different purpose. It focuses on tracking the release, use, and transfer of specific toxic chemicals listed by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
What to report: TRI requires reporting on a specific list of toxic chemicals that exceed certain thresholds. These thresholds are typically 25,000 pounds for manufacturing or processing activities and 10,000 pounds for other uses. The list includes chemicals that are known or suspected to cause harm to human health or the environment.
Reporting format: Facilities that exceed the thresholds must submit a Form R by July 1 each year, which provides detailed information about the listed chemicals. It includes the quantities of the chemicals used, manufactured, processed, released (into the air, water, or land), and transferred off-site.
Have a question for our Compliance Experts? If you have safety or compliance questions, we encourage you to use Compliance Network’s Expert Help tool. Mishka Binns and our team of Compliance Experts will respond to your question within 24 business hours.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is taking direct final action to withdraw from EPA regulation and management two designated ocean dredged material disposal sites, the Nome East and Nome West Sites (Sites), located near Nome, Alaska, pursuant to the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act (MPRSA), as amended. The EPA is taking this action because the United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) has not used the Sites for disposal of dredged material since 2009, has no plans to use the Sites for any future disposal of dredged material, and the Sites are no longer suitable for USACE's needs. This action will withdraw these sites from the regulations.
DATES: This rule is effective on August 1, 2024 published in the Federal Register May 3, 2024, page 36681.
§228.15 Dumping sites designated on a final basis. | ||
(n)(12) and (13) | Removed and reserved | View text |
In March 2023, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) proposed and requested comment on the National Primary Drinking Water Regulation (NPDWR) and health-based Maximum Contaminant Level Goals (MCLGs) for six per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS): perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA), perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (PFOS), perfluorohexane sulfonic acid (PFHxS), perfluorononanoic acid (PFNA), hexafluoropropylene oxide dimer acid (HFPO-DA, commonly known as GenX Chemicals), and perfluorobutane sulfonic acid (PFBS). After consideration of public comment and consistent with the provisions set forth under the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), the EPA is finalizing NPDWRs for these six PFAS. Through this action, the EPA is finalizing MCLGs for PFOA and PFOS at zero. Considering feasibility, the EPA is promulgating individual Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) for PFOA and PFOS at 4.0 nanograms per liter (ng/L) or parts per trillion (ppt). The EPA is also finalizing individual MCLGs and is promulgating individual MCLs for PFHxS, PFNA, and HFPO-DA at 10 ng/L. In addition to the individual MCLs for PFHxS, PFNA, and HFPO-DA, in consideration of the known toxic effects, dose additive health concerns and occurrence and likely co-occurrence in drinking water of these three PFAS, as well as PFBS, the EPA is finalizing a Hazard Index (HI) of 1 (unitless) as the MCLG and MCL for any mixture containing two or more of PFHxS, PFNA, HFPO-DA, and PFBS. Once fully implemented, the EPA estimates that the rule will prevent thousands of deaths and reduce tens of thousands of serious PFAS-attributable illnesses.
DATES: This final rule is effective on June 25, 2024, published in the Federal Register April 26, 2024, page 32532.
View final rule.
The EPA is amending specific provisions in the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule to improve data quality and consistency. This action updates the General Provisions to reflect revised global warming potentials; expands reporting to additional sectors; improves the calculation, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements by updating existing methodologies; improves data verifications; and provides for collection of additional data to better inform and be relevant to a wide variety of Clean Air Act provisions that the EPA carries out. This action adds greenhouse gas monitoring and reporting for five source categories including coke calcining; ceramics manufacturing; calcium carbide production; caprolactam, glyoxal, and glyoxylic acid production; and facilities conducting geologic sequestration of carbon dioxide with enhanced oil recovery. These revisions also include changes that will improve implementation of the rule such as updates to applicability estimation methodologies, simplifying calculation and monitoring methodologies, streamlining recordkeeping and reporting, and other minor technical corrections or clarifications. This action also establishes and amends confidentiality determinations for the reporting of certain data elements to be added or substantially revised in these amendments.
DATES: This rule is effective January 1, 2025, published in the Federal Register April 25, 2024, page 31802.
View final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is promulgating new greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions standards for model year (MY) 2032 and later heavy-duty highway vehicles that phase in starting as early MY 2027 for certain vehicle categories. The phase in revises certain MY 2027 GHG standards that were established previously under EPA's Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Fuel Efficiency Standards for Medium- and Heavy-Duty Engines and Vehicles—Phase 2 rule (“HD GHG Phase 2”). This document also updates discrete elements of the Averaging Banking and Trading program, including providing additional flexibilities for manufacturers to support the implementation of the Phase 3 program balanced by limiting the availability of certain advanced technology credits initially established under the HD GHG Phase 2 rule. EPA is also adding warranty requirements for batteries and other components of zero-emission vehicles and requiring customer-facing battery state-of-health monitors for plug-in hybrid and battery electric vehicles. In this action, we are also finalizing additional revisions, including clarifying and editorial amendments to certain highway heavy-duty vehicle provisions and certain test procedures for heavy-duty engines.
DATES: This final rule is effective on June 21, 2024, published in the Federal Register April 22, 2024, page 29440.
View final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) finalized a rule to designate two widely used PFAS — perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS), including their salts and structural isomers — as hazardous substances under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA).
The rule requires entities to immediately report releases of PFOA and PFOS that meet or exceed the reportable quantity (1 pound) to the:
Further, it gives EPA the authority to hold polluters responsible for paying for or conducting investigations and cleanup of PFOA and PFOS releases. In a memorandum, EPA clarified that it will focus enforcement efforts on significant contributors to PFAS releases.
Additionally:
The rule takes effect 60 days after it’s published in the Federal Register.
Key to remember: EPA has designated PFOA and PFOS as CERCLA hazardous substances, requiring immediate release notifications for the two PFAS and expanding the agency’s authority to hold parties responsible for contamination accountable.
It’s time for that special event that happens once every four years, often testing the endurance of the participants who’ve spent the prior years preparing for this very moment. No, it’s not the Summer Olympics, though that’s a great guess. It’s the Chemical Data Report!
Under the Toxic Substances Control ACT (TSCA), the Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA’s) Chemical Data Reporting (CDR) rule requires manufacturers (including importers) to report information on the production and use of chemicals in commerce if they meet certain production volume thresholds at any one site. The submission period for the 2024 report runs from June 1 to September 30, 2024.
Use these tips to help you complete a Chemical Data Report worthy of a gold medal.
The TSCA Chemical Substance Inventory (TSCA Inventory) lists the covered chemical substances. Generally, the production volume threshold is 25,000 pounds or more of a chemical substance at a site. However, a reduced reporting threshold (2,500 pounds) applies to chemical substances subject to:
Further, certain full and partial exemptions apply to facilities based on the:
To confirm whether your facility must report:
The CDR rule requires facilities to report the total annual production volume of covered chemical substances for each calendar year since the last principal reporting year.
In other words, if a chemical substance at your facility meets or exceeds the corresponding reporting threshold during any calendar year covered by the report, you must include the total annual production volume of that chemical for every covered calendar year.
For example, you must list on the 2024 report the production volumes of every reportable chemical substance for 2020, 2021, 2022, and 2023.
All CDR data must be reported electronically on Form U (EPA Form 7740-8) through e-CDRweb on EPA’s Central Data Exchange (CDX) system. Reporting is site-specific, so if your organization has multiple sites with reportable chemicals, you must submit a Form U for each site.
Keep in mind that you submit only one form per site, so all reportable chemical substances at a specific site are listed on the same Form U. You may have to submit multiple forms only if you have more than one site covered by the CDR rule.
To submit a Chemical Data Report, you must first register with the CDX system and be approved by EPA. Plus, you must register the name of the organization on whose behalf you’re submitting a Form U. If you’re already registered on CDX, you can add the CDR reporting flow to your current registration.
Because each type of user role has varying permissions, it’s essential to register for the right one. User roles include:
Only Primary Authorized Officials may submit initial Chemical Data Reports. So, if you’re the one who will submit Form U, confirm that you’re registered as a Primary Authorized Official.
The CDR rule requires organizations to keep records of all CDR information reported on Form U to EPA for at least five years (711.25). The five-year timeline begins on the last day of the submission period.
Additionally, you may have to amend Form U after submitting the initial report. This can apply if:
Key to remember: The Chemical Data Report can be a major undertaking, but with these tips, you can cross the finish line with a report worthy of a gold medal.
Under the Clean Air Act, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is establishing new, more protective emissions standards for criteria pollutants and greenhouse gases (GHG) for light-duty vehicles and Class 2b and 3 (‘‘medium-duty’’) vehicles that will phase-in over model years 2027 through 2032. In addition, EPA is finalizing GHG program revisions in several areas, including off-cycle and air conditioning credits, the treatment of upstream emissions associated with zero-emission vehicles and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles in compliance calculations, medium-duty vehicle incentive multipliers, and vehicle certification and compliance. EPA is also establishing new standards to control refueling emissions from incomplete medium-duty vehicles, and battery durability and warranty requirements for light-duty and medium-duty electric and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles. EPA is also finalizing minor amendments to update program requirements related to aftermarket fuel conversions, importing vehicles and engines, evaporative emission test procedures, and test fuel specifications for measuring fuel economy.
DATES: This final rule is effective on June 17, 2024, published in the Federal Register April 18, 2024, page 27842.
View final rule.
On August 31, 2020, in accordance with requirements under the Clean Air Act (CAA), the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) performed a 5-year review of the Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources and Emissions Guidelines for Existing Sources: Other Solid Waste Incineration (OSWI) Units, which includes certain very small municipal waste combustion (VSMWC) and institutional waste incineration (IWI) units. In the same action, the EPA proposed to remove the title V permitting requirements for air curtain incinerators (ACI) that burn only wood waste, clean lumber, yard waste, or a mixture of these three types of waste. In response to supportive comments received on the August 2020 proposal, this action is finalizing, as proposed, to remove the title V permitting requirements for ACIs that only burn wood waste, clean lumber, yard waste, or a mixture of those, and are not located at title V major sources or subject to title V for other reasons. The EPA is finalizing this proposed action now to simplify the compliance obligations for owners and operators of these types of units.
DATES: The effective date of this rule is April 17, 2024, published in the Federal Register April 17, 2024, page 27392.
View final rule.
§60.2966 Am I required to apply for and obtain a title V operating permit for my unit? | ||
Entire section | Revised | View text |
§60.2967 When must I submit a title V permit application for my new unit? | ||
Entire section | Revised | View text |
§60.2969 What are the requirements for temporary-use incinerators and air curtain incinerators used in disaster recovery? | ||
Entire section | Removed and reserved | View text |
§60.2974 Am I required to apply for and obtain a title V operating permit for my air curtain incinerator that burns only wood waste, clean lumber, and yard waste? | ||
Entire section | Removed and reserved | View text |
Subpart FFFF - Emission Guidelines and Compliance Times for Other Solid Waste Incineration Units That Commenced Construction On or Before December 9, 2004 | ||
Heading | Revised | View text |
§60.3059 Am I required to apply for and obtain a title V operating permit for my unit? | ||
Entire section | Revised | View text |
§60.3060 When must I submit a title V permit application for my existing unit? | ||
Entire section | Removed and reserved | View text |
Previous Text
§60.2966 Am I required to apply for and obtain a title V operating permit for my unit?
Yes, if you are subject to this subpart, you are required to apply for and obtain a title V operating permit unless you meet the relevant requirements for an exemption specified in §60.2887.
§60.2967 When must I submit a title V permit application for my new unit?
(a) If your new unit subject to this subpart is not subject to an earlier permit application deadline, a complete title V permit application must be submitted on or before one of the dates specified in paragraphs (a)(1) or (2) of this section. (See section 503(c) of the Clean Air Act and 40 CFR 70.5(a)(1)(i) and 40 CFR 71.5(a)(1)(i).)
(1) For a unit that commenced operation as a new source as of December 16, 2005, then a complete title V permit application must be submitted not later than December 18, 2006.
(2) For a unit that does not commence operation as a new source until after December 16, 2005, then a complete title V permit application must be submitted not later than 12 months after the date the unit commences operation as a new source.
(b) If your new unit subject to this subpart is subject to title V as a result of some triggering requirement(s) other than this subpart (for example, a unit subject to this subpart may be a major source or part of a major source), then your unit may be required to apply for a title V permit prior to the deadlines specified in paragraph (a) of this section. If more than one requirement triggers a source's obligation to apply for a title V permit, the 12-month timeframe for filing a title V permit application is triggered by the requirement that first causes the source to be subject to title V. (See section 503(c) of the Clean Air Act and 40 CFR 70.3(a) and (b), 40 CFR 70.5(a)(1)(i), 40 CFR 71.3(a) and (b), and 40 CFR 71.5(a)(1)(i).)
(c) A “complete” title V permit application is one that has been determined or deemed complete by the relevant permitting authority under section 503(d) of the Clean Air Act and 40 CFR 70.5(a)(2) or 40 CFR 71.5(a)(2). You must submit a complete permit application by the relevant application deadline in order to operate after this date in compliance with Federal law. (See sections 503(d) and 502(a) of the Clean Air Act and 40 CFR 70.7(b) and 40 CFR 71.7(b).)
Subpart FFFF - Emission Guidelines and Compliance Times for Other Solid Waste Incineration Units That Commenced Construction On or Before December 9, 2004
§60.3059 Am I required to apply for and obtain a title V operating permit for my unit?
Yes, if you are subject to an applicable EPA-approved and effective Clean Air Act section 111(d)/129 State or Tribal plan or an applicable and effective Federal plan, you are required to apply for and obtain a title V operating permit unless you meet the relevant requirements for an exemption specified in §60.2993.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is finalizing changes to its test procedures required to be used by industries and municipalities when analyzing the chemical, physical, and biological properties of wastewater and other samples for reporting under the EPA's National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit program. The Clean Water Act requires the EPA to promulgate these test procedures (analytical methods) for analysis of pollutants. The EPA anticipates that these changes will provide increased flexibility for the regulated community in meeting monitoring requirements while improving data quality. In addition, this update to the CWA methods will incorporate technological advances in analytical technology and make a series of minor changes and corrections to existing approved methods. As such, the EPA expects that these changes will not result in any negative economic impacts.
DATES: This final rule is effective on June 17, 2024, published in the Federal Register April 16, 2024, page 27288.
View final rule.
§136.3 Identification of test procedures. | ||
(a), tables IA, IB, IC, ID, and IH | Revised | View text |
(b) | Revised | View text |
(e), table II, Footnote “5” | Revised | View text |
New Text
§136.3 Identification of test procedures.
(a)
* * * *
Parameter and units | Method 1 | EPA | Standard methods | AOAC, ASTM, USGS | Other |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Table IA notes: | |||||
1 The method must be specified when results are reported. | |||||
2 A 0.45-µm membrane filter (MF) or other pore size certified by the manufacturer to fully retain organisms to be cultivated and to be free of extractables which could interfere with their growth. | |||||
3 Microbiological Methods for Monitoring the Environment, Water and Wastes, EPA/600/8-78/017. 1978. US EPA. | |||||
4 U.S. Geological Survey Techniques of Water-Resource Investigations, Book 5, Laboratory Analysis, Chapter A4, Methods for Collection and Analysis of Aquatic Biological and Microbiological Samples. 1989. USGS. | |||||
5 Because the MF technique usually yields low and variable recovery from chlorinated wastewaters, the Most Probable Number method will be required to resolve any controversies. | |||||
6 Tests must be conducted to provide organism enumeration (density). Select the appropriate configuration of tubes/filtrations and dilutions/volumes to account for the quality, character, consistency, and anticipated organism density of the water sample. | |||||
7 When the MF method has been used previously to test waters with high turbidity, large numbers of noncoliform bacteria, or samples that may contain organisms stressed by chlorine, a parallel test should be conducted with a multiple-tube technique to demonstrate applicability and comparability of results. | |||||
8 To assess the comparability of results obtained with individual methods, it is suggested that side-by-side tests be conducted across seasons of the year with the water samples routinely tested in accordance with the most current Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater or EPA alternate test procedure (ATP) guidelines. | |||||
9 Annual Book of ASTM Standards—Water and Environmental Technology, Section 11.02. 2000, 1999, 1996. ASTM International. | |||||
10 Official Methods of Analysis of AOAC International. 16th Edition, 4th Revision, 1998. AOAC International. | |||||
11 Recommended for enumeration of target organism in sewage sludge. | |||||
12 The multiple-tube fermentation test is used in 9221B.2-2014. Lactose broth may be used in lieu of lauryl tryptose broth (LTB), if at least 25 parallel tests are conducted between this broth and LTB using the water samples normally tested, and this comparison demonstrates that the false-positive rate and false-negative rate for total coliform using lactose broth is less than 10 percent. No requirement exists to run the completed phase on 10 percent of all total coliform-positive tubes on a seasonal basis. | |||||
13 These tests are collectively known as defined enzyme substrate tests. | |||||
14 After prior enrichment in a presumptive medium for total coliform using 9221B.2-2014, all presumptive tubes or bottles showing any amount of gas, growth or acidity within 48 h ± 3 h of incubation shall be submitted to 9221F-2014. Commercially available EC-MUG media or EC media supplemented in the laboratory with 50 µg/mL of MUG may be used. | |||||
15 Method 1680: Fecal Coliforms in Sewage Sludge (Biosolids) by Multiple-Tube Fermentation Using Lauryl-Tryptose Broth (LTB) and EC Medium, EPA-821-R-14-009. September 2014. U.S. EPA. | |||||
16 Samples shall be enumerated by the multiple-tube or multiple-well procedure. Using multiple-tube procedures, employ an appropriate tube and dilution configuration of the sample as needed and report the Most Probable Number (MPN). Samples tested with Colilert® may be enumerated with the multiple-well procedures, Quanti-Tray® or Quanti-Tray®/2000 and the MPN calculated from the table provided by the manufacturer. | |||||
17 Colilert-18® is an optimized formulation of the Colilert® for the determination of total coliforms and E. coli that provides results within 18 h of incubation at 35°C rather than the 24 h required for the Colilert® test and is recommended for marine water samples. | |||||
18 Descriptions of the Colilert®, Colilert-18®, Quanti-Tray®, and Quanti-Tray®/2000 may be obtained from IDEXX Laboratories, Inc. | |||||
19 A description of the mColiBlue24® test is available from Hach Company. | |||||
20 Method 1681: Fecal Coliforms in Sewage Sludge (Biosolids) by Multiple-Tube Fermentation Using A-1 Medium, EPA-821-R-06-013. July 2006. U.S. EPA. | |||||
21 Method 1603.1: Escherichia coli ( E. coli) in Water by Membrane Filtration Using Modified membrane-Thermotolerant Escherichia coli Agar (Modified mTEC), EPA-821-R-23-008. September 2023. U.S. EPA. | |||||
22 Method 1682: Salmonella in Sewage Sludge (Biosolids) by Modified Semisolid Rappaport-Vassiliadis (MSRV) Medium, EPA-821-R-14-012. September 2014. U.S. EPA. | |||||
23 A description of the Enterolert® test may be obtained from IDEXX Laboratories Inc. | |||||
24 Method 1600.1: Enterococci in Water by Membrane Filtration Using Membrane-Enterococcus Indoxyl-β-D-Glucoside Agar (mEI), EPA-821-R-23-006. September 2023. U.S. EPA. | |||||
25 Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater and Marine Organisms, EPA-821-R-02-012. Fifth Edition, October 2002. U.S. EPA; and U.S. EPA Whole Effluent Toxicity Methods Errata Sheet, EPA 821-R-02-012-ES. December 2016. | |||||
26 Short-term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater Organisms, EPA-821-R-02-013. Fourth Edition, October 2002. U.S. EPA; and U.S. EPA Whole Effluent Toxicity Methods Errata Sheet, EPA 821-R-02-012-ES. December 2016. | |||||
27 Short-term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Marine and Estuarine Organisms, EPA-821-R-02-014. Third Edition, October 2002. U.S. EPA; and U.S. EPA Whole Effluent Toxicity Methods Errata Sheet, EPA 821-R-02-012-ES. December 2016. | |||||
28 To use Colilert-18® to assay for fecal coliforms, the incubation temperature is 44.5 ± 0.2 °C, and a water bath incubator is used. | |||||
29 On a monthly basis, at least ten blue colonies from positive samples must be verified using Lauryl Tryptose Broth and EC broth, followed by count adjustment based on these results; and representative non-blue colonies should be verified using Lauryl Tryptose Broth. Where possible, verifications should be done from randomized sample sources. | |||||
30 On a monthly basis, at least ten sheen colonies from positive samples must be verified using lauryl tryptose broth and brilliant green lactose bile broth, followed by count adjustment based on these results; and representative non-sheen colonies should be verified using lauryl tryptose broth. Where possible, verifications should be done from randomized sample sources. | |||||
31 Subject coliform positive samples determined by 9222 B-2015 or other membrane filter procedure to 9222 I-2015 using NA-MUG media. | |||||
32 Verification of colonies by incubation of BHI agar at 10 ± 0.5 °C for 48 ± 3 h is optional. As per the Errata to the 23rd Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater “Growth on a BHI agar plate incubated at 10 ± 0.5 °C for 48 ± 3 h is further verification that the colony belongs to the genus Enterococcus.” | |||||
33 9221F. 2-2014 allows for simultaneous detection of E. coli and thermotolerant fecal coliforms by adding inverted vials to EC-MUG; the inverted vials collect gas produced by thermotolerant fecal coliforms. | |||||
Bacteria | |||||
1. Coliform (fecal), number per gram dry weight | Most Probable Number (MPN), 5 tube, 3 dilution, or | p. 132, 3 1680, 1115 1681 1120 | 9221 E-2014. | ||
Membrane filter (MF), 25 single step | p. 124 3 | 9222 D-2015. 29 | |||
2. Coliform (fecal), number per 100 mL | MPN, 5 tube, 3 dilution, or | p. 132 3 | 9221 E-2014, 9221 F-2014. 33 | ||
Multiple tube/multiple well, or | Colilert-18®. 131828 | ||||
MF, 25 single step 5 | p. 124 3 | 9222 D-2015 29 | B-0050-85. 4 | ||
3. Coliform (total), number per 100 mL | MPN, 5 tube, 3 dilution, or | p. 114 3 | 9221 B-2014. | ||
MF, 25 single step or | p. 108 3 | 9222 B-2015 30 | B-0025-85. 4 | ||
MF, 25 two step with enrichment | p. 111 3 | 9222 B-2015. 30 | |||
4. E. coli, number per 100 mL | MPN 6816 multiple tube, or | 9221 B2014/9221 F-2014. 121433 | |||
multiple tube/multiple well, or | 9223 B-2016 13 | 991.15 10 | Colilert®. 1318 Colilert-18®. 131718 | ||
MF, 25678 two step, or | 9222 B-2015/9222 I-2015. 31 | ||||
Single step | 1603.1 21 | m-ColiBlue24®. 19 | |||
5. Fecal streptococci, number per 100 mL | MPN, 5 tube, 3 dilution, or | p. 139 3 | 9230 B-2013. | ||
MF, 2 or | p. 136 3 | 9230 C-2013 32 | B-0055-85. 4 | ||
Plate count | p. 143. 3 | ||||
6. Enterococci, number per 100 mL | MPN, 5 tube, 3 dilution, or | p. 139 3 | 9230 B-2013. | ||
MPN, 68 multiple tube/multiple well, or | 9230 D-2013 | D6503-99 9 | Enterolert®. 1323 | ||
MF 25678 single step or | 1600.1 24 | 9230 C-2013. 32 | |||
Plate count | p. 143. 3 | ||||
7. Salmonella , number per gram dry weight 11 | MPN multiple tube | 1682. 22 | |||
Aquatic Toxicity | |||||
8. Toxicity, acute, fresh water organisms, LC 50 , percent effluent | Water flea, Cladoceran, Ceriodaphnia dubia acute | 2002.0. 25 | |||
Water flea, Cladocerans, Daphnia pulex and Daphnia magna acute | 2021.0. 25 | ||||
Fish, Fathead minnow, Pimephales promelas, and Bannerfin shiner, Cyprinella leedsi, acute | 2000.0. 25 | ||||
Fish, Rainbow trout, Oncorhynchus mykiss, and brook trout, Salvelinus fontinalis, acute | 2019.0. 25 | ||||
9. Toxicity, acute, estuarine and marine organisms of the Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico, LC 50 , percent effluent | Mysid, Mysidopsis bahia, acute | 2007.0. 25 | |||
Fish, Sheepshead minnow, Cyprinodon variegatus, acute | 2004.0. 25 | ||||
Fish, Silverside, Menidia beryllina, Menidia menidia, and Menidia peninsulae, acute | 2006.0. 25 | ||||
10. Toxicity, chronic, fresh water organisms, NOEC or IC 25 , percent effluent | Fish, Fathead minnow, Pimephales promelas, larval survival and growth | 1000.0. 26 | |||
Fish, Fathead minnow, Pimephales promelas, embryo-larval survival and teratogenicity | 1001.0. 26 | ||||
Water flea, Cladoceran, Ceriodaphnia dubia, survival and reproduction | 1002.0. 26 | ||||
Green alga, Selenastrum capricornutum, growth | 1003.0. 26 | ||||
11. Toxicity, chronic, estuarine and marine organisms of the Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico, NOEC or IC 25 , percent effluent | Fish, Sheepshead minnow, Cyprinodon variegatus, larval survival and growth. | 1004.0. 27 | |||
Fish, Sheepshead minnow, Cyprinodon variegatus, embryo-larval survival and teratogenicity | 1005.0. 27 | ||||
Fish, Inland silverside, Menidia beryllina, larval survival and growth | 1006.0. 27 | ||||
Mysid, Mysidopsis bahia, survival, growth, and fecundity | 1007.0. 27 | ||||
Sea urchin, Arbacia punctulata, fertilization | 1008.0. 27 |
Parameter | Methodology 58 | EPA 52 | Standard methods 84 | ASTM | USGS/AOAC/Other |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Table IB Notes: | |||||
1 Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, EPA-600/4-79-020. Revised March 1983 and 1979, where applicable. U.S. EPA. | |||||
2 Methods for Analysis of Inorganic Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments, Techniques of Water-Resource Investigations of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 5, Chapter A1., unless otherwise stated. 1989. USGS. | |||||
3 Official Methods of Analysis of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, Methods Manual, Sixteenth Edition, 4th Revision, 1998. AOAC International. | |||||
4 For the determination of total metals (which are equivalent to total recoverable metals) the sample is not filtered before processing. A digestion procedure is required to solubilize analytes in suspended material and to break down organic-metal complexes (to convert the analyte to a detectable form for colorimetric analysis). For non-platform graphite furnace atomic absorption determinations, a digestion using nitric acid (as specified in Section 4.1.3 of Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes) is required prior to analysis. The procedure used should subject the sample to gentle acid refluxing, and at no time should the sample be taken to dryness. For direct aspiration flame atomic absorption (FLAA) determinations, a combination acid (nitric and hydrochloric acids) digestion is preferred, prior to analysis. The approved total recoverable digestion is described as Method 200.2 in Supplement I of “Methods for the Determination of Metals in Environmental Samples” EPA/600R-94/111, May 1994, and is reproduced in EPA Methods 200.7, 200.8, and 200.9 from the same Supplement. However, when using the gaseous hydride technique or for the determination of certain elements such as antimony, arsenic, selenium, silver, and tin by non-EPA graphite furnace atomic absorption methods, mercury by cold vapor atomic absorption, the noble metals and titanium by FLAA, a specific or modified sample digestion procedure may be required, and, in all cases the referenced method write-up should be consulted for specific instruction and/or cautions. For analyses using inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry (ICP-AES), the direct current plasma (DCP) technique or EPA spectrochemical techniques (platform furnace AA, ICP-AES, and ICP-MS), use EPA Method 200.2 or an approved alternate procedure ( e.g., CEM microwave digestion, which may be used with certain analytes as indicated in this table IB); the total recoverable digestion procedures in EPA Methods 200.7, 200.8, and 200.9 may be used for those respective methods. Regardless of the digestion procedure, the results of the analysis after digestion procedure are reported as “total” metals. | |||||
5 Copper sulfate or other catalysts that have been found suitable may be used in place of mercuric sulfate. | |||||
6 Manual distillation is not required if comparability data on representative effluent samples are on file to show that this preliminary distillation step is not necessary; however, manual distillation will be required to resolve any controversies. In general, the analytical method should be consulted regarding the need for distillation. If the method is not clear, the laboratory may compare a minimum of 9 different sample matrices to evaluate the need for distillation. For each matrix, a matrix spike and matrix spike duplicate are analyzed both with and without the distillation step (for a total of 36 samples, assuming 9 matrices). If results are comparable, the laboratory may dispense with the distillation step for future analysis. Comparable is defined as <20% RPD for all tested matrices). Alternatively, the two populations of spike recovery percentages may be compared using a recognized statistical test. | |||||
7 Industrial Method Number 379-75 WE Ammonia, Automated Electrode Method, Technicon Auto Analyzer II. February 19, 1976. Bran & Luebbe Analyzing Technologies Inc. | |||||
8 The approved method is that cited in Methods for Determination of Inorganic Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments, Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 5, Chapter A1. 1979. USGS. | |||||
9 American National Standard on Photographic Processing Effluents. April 2, 1975. American National Standards Institute. | |||||
10 In-Situ Method 1003-8-2009, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) Measurement by Optical Probe. 2009. In-Situ Incorporated. | |||||
11 The use of normal and differential pulse voltage ramps to increase sensitivity and resolution is acceptable. | |||||
12 Carbonaceous biochemical oxygen demand (CBOD 5) must not be confused with the traditional BOD 5 test method which measures “total 5-day BOD.” The addition of the nitrification inhibitor is not a procedural option but must be included to report the CBOD 5 parameter. A discharger whose permit requires reporting the traditional BOD 5 may not use a nitrification inhibitor in the procedure for reporting the results. Only when a discharger's permit specifically states CBOD 5 is required can the permittee report data using a nitrification inhibitor. | |||||
13 OIC Chemical Oxygen Demand Method. 1978. Oceanography International Corporation. | |||||
14 Method 8000, Chemical Oxygen Demand, Hach Handbook of Water Analysis, 1979. Hach Company. | |||||
15 The back-titration method will be used to resolve controversy. | |||||
16 Orion Research Instruction Manual, Residual Chlorine Electrode Model 97-70. 1977. Orion Research Incorporated. The calibration graph for the Orion residual chlorine method must be derived using a reagent blank and three standard solutions, containing 0.2, 1.0, and 5.0 mL 0.00281 N potassium iodate/100 mL solution, respectively. | |||||
17 Method 245.7, Mercury in Water by Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry, EPA-821-R-05-001. Revision 2.0, February 2005. US EPA. | |||||
18 National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream Improvement (NCASI) Technical Bulletin 253 (1971) and Technical Bulletin 803, May 2000. | |||||
19 Method 8506, Bicinchoninate Method for Copper, Hach Handbook of Water Analysis. 1979. Hach Company. | |||||
20 When using a method with block digestion, this treatment is not required. | |||||
21 Industrial Method Number 378-75WA, Hydrogen ion (pH) Automated Electrode Method, Bran & Luebbe (Technicon) Autoanalyzer II. October 1976. Bran & Luebbe Analyzing Technologies. | |||||
22 Method 8008, 1,10-Phenanthroline Method using FerroVer Iron Reagent for Water. 1980. Hach Company. | |||||
23 Method 8034, Periodate Oxidation Method for Manganese, Hach Handbook of Wastewater Analysis. 1979. Hach Company. | |||||
24 Methods for Analysis of Organic Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments, Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 5, Chapter A3, (1972 Revised 1987). 1987. USGS. | |||||
25 Method 8507, Nitrogen, Nitrite-Low Range, Diazotization Method for Water and Wastewater. 1979. Hach Company. | |||||
26 Just prior to distillation, adjust the sulfuric-acid-preserved sample to pH 4 with 1 + 9 NaOH. | |||||
27 The colorimetric reaction must be conducted at a pH of 10.0 ± 0.2. | |||||
28 Addison, R.F., and R.G. Ackman. 1970. Direct Determination of Elemental Phosphorus by Gas-Liquid Chromatography, Journal of Chromatograph y, 47(3):421-426. | |||||
29 Approved methods for the analysis of silver in industrial wastewaters at concentrations of 1 mg/L and above are inadequate where silver exists as an inorganic halide. Silver halides such as the bromide and chloride are relatively insoluble in reagents such as nitric acid but are readily soluble in an aqueous buffer of sodium thiosulfate and sodium hydroxide to pH of 12. Therefore, for levels of silver above 1 mg/L, 20 mL of sample should be diluted to 100 mL by adding 40 mL each of 2 M Na 2 S 2 O 3 and NaOH. Standards should be prepared in the same manner. For levels of silver below 1 mg/L the approved method is satisfactory. | |||||
30 The use of EDTA decreases method sensitivity. Analysts may omit EDTA or replace with another suitable complexing reagent provided that all method-specified quality control acceptance criteria are met. | |||||
31 For samples known or suspected to contain high levels of silver ( e.g., in excess of 4 mg/L), cyanogen iodide should be used to keep the silver in solution for analysis. Prepare a cyanogen iodide solution by adding 4.0 mL of concentrated NH 4 OH, 6.5 g of KCN, and 5.0 mL of a 1.0 N solution of I 2 to 50 mL of reagent water in a volumetric flask and dilute to 100.0 mL. After digestion of the sample, adjust the pH of the digestate to <7 to prevent the formation of HCN under acidic conditions. Add 1 mL of the cyanogen iodide solution to the sample digestate and adjust the volume to 100 mL with reagent water (NOT acid). If cyanogen iodide is added to sample digestates, then silver standards must be prepared that contain cyanogen iodide as well. Prepare working standards by diluting a small volume of a silver stock solution with water and adjusting the pH>7 with NH 4 OH. Add 1 mL of the cyanogen iodide solution and let stand 1 hour. Transfer to a 100-mL volumetric flask and dilute to volume with water. | |||||
32 “Water Temperature-Influential Factors, Field Measurement and Data Presentation,” Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 1, Chapter D1. 1975. USGS. | |||||
33 Method 8009, Zincon Method for Zinc, Hach Handbook of Water Analysis, 1979. Hach Company. | |||||
34 Method AES0029, Direct Current Plasma (DCP) Optical Emission Spectrometric Method for Trace Elemental Analysis of Water and Wastes. 1986—Revised 1991. Thermo Jarrell Ash Corporation. | |||||
35 In-Situ Method 1004-8-2009, Carbonaceous Biochemical Oxygen Demand (CBOD) Measurement by Optical Probe. 2009. In-Situ Incorporated. | |||||
36 Microwave-assisted digestion may be employed for this metal, when analyzed by this methodology. Closed Vessel Microwave Digestion of Wastewater Samples for Determination of Metals. April 16, 1992. CEM Corporation. | |||||
37 When determining boron and silica, only plastic, PTFE, or quartz laboratory ware may be used from start until completion of analysis. | |||||
38 Only use n -hexane ( n -Hexane—85% minimum purity, 99.0% min. saturated C6 isomers, residue less than 1 mg/L) extraction solvent when determining Oil and Grease parameters—Hexane Extractable Material (HEM), or Silica Gel Treated HEM (analogous to EPA Methods 1664 Rev. A and 1664 Rev. B). Use of other extraction solvents is prohibited. | |||||
39 Method PAI-DK01, Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl, Block Digestion, Steam Distillation, Titrimetric Detection. Revised December 22, 1994. OI Analytical. | |||||
40 Method PAI-DK02, Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl, Block Digestion, Steam Distillation, Colorimetric Detection. Revised December 22, 1994. OI Analytical. | |||||
41 Method PAI-DK03, Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl, Block Digestion, Automated FIA Gas Diffusion. Revised December 22, 1994. OI Analytical. | |||||
42 Method 1664 Rev. B is the revised version of EPA Method 1664 Rev. A. U.S. EPA. February 1999, Revision A. Method 1664, n -Hexane Extractable Material (HEM; Oil and Grease) and Silica Gel Treated n -Hexane Extractable Material (SGT-HEM; Non-polar Material) by Extraction and Gravimetry. EPA-821-R-98-002. U.S. EPA. February 2010, Revision B. Method 1664, n -Hexane Extractable Material (HEM; Oil and Grease) and Silica Gel Treated n -Hexane Extractable Material (SGT-HEM; Non-polar Material) by Extraction and Gravimetry. EPA-821-R-10-001. | |||||
43 Method 1631, Revision E, Mercury in Water by Oxidation, Purge and Trap, and Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry, EPA-821-R-02-019. Revision E. August 2002, U.S. EPA. The application of clean techniques described in EPA's Method 1669: Sampling Ambient Water for Trace Metals at EPA Water Quality Criteria Levels, EPA-821-R-96-011, are recommended to preclude contamination at low-level, trace metal determinations. | |||||
44 Method OIA-1677-09, Available Cyanide by Ligand Exchange and Flow Injection Analysis (FIA). 2010. OI Analytical. | |||||
45 Open File Report 00-170, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Ammonium Plus Organic Nitrogen by a Kjeldahl Digestion Method and an Automated Photometric Finish that Includes Digest Cleanup by Gas Diffusion. 2000. USGS. | |||||
46 Open File Report 93-449, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Chromium in Water by Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry. 1993. USGS. | |||||
47 Open File Report 97-198, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Molybdenum by Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry. 1997. USGS. | |||||
48 Open File Report 92-146, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Total Phosphorus by Kjeldahl Digestion Method and an Automated Colorimetric Finish That Includes Dialysis. 1992. USGS. | |||||
49 Open File Report 98-639, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Arsenic and Selenium in Water and Sediment by Graphite Furnace-Atomic Absorption Spectrometry. 1999. USGS. | |||||
50 Open File Report 98-165, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Elements in Whole-water Digests Using Inductively Coupled Plasma-Optical Emission Spectrometry and Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. 1998. USGS. | |||||
51 Open File Report 93-125, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Inorganic and Organic Constituents in Water and Fluvial Sediments. 1993. USGS. | |||||
52 Unless otherwise indicated, all EPA methods, excluding EPA Method 300.1, are published in U.S. EPA. May 1994. Methods for the Determination of Metals in Environmental Samples, Supplement I, EPA/600/R-94/111; or U.S. EPA. August 1993. Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental Samples, EPA/600/R-93/100. EPA Method 300.1 is U.S. EPA. Revision 1.0, 1997, including errata cover sheet April 27, 1999. Determination of Inorganic Ions in Drinking Water by Ion Chromatography. | |||||
53 Styrene divinyl benzene beads ( e.g., AMCO-AEPA-1 or equivalent) and stabilized formazin ( e.g., Hach StablCal TM or equivalent) are acceptable substitutes for formazin. | |||||
54 Waters Corp. Now included in ASTM D6508-15, Test Method for Determination of Dissolved Inorganic Anions in Aqueous Matrices Using Capillary Ion Electrophoresis and Chromate Electrolyte. 2015. | |||||
55 Kelada-01, Kelada Automated Test Methods for Total Cyanide, Acid Dissociable Cyanide, and Thiocyanate, EPA 821-B-01-009, Revision 1.2, August 2001. US EPA. Note: A 450-W UV lamp may be used in this method instead of the 550-W lamp specified if it provides performance within the quality control (QC) acceptance criteria of the method in a given instrument. Similarly, modified flow cell configurations and flow conditions may be used in the method, provided that the QC acceptance criteria are met. | |||||
56 QuikChem Method 10-204-00-1-X, Digestion and Distillation of Total Cyanide in Drinking and Wastewaters using MICRO DIST and Determination of Cyanide by Flow Injection Analysis. Revision 2.2, March 2005. Lachat Instruments. | |||||
57 When using sulfide removal test procedures described in EPA Method 335.4, reconstitute particulate that is filtered with the sample prior to distillation. | |||||
58 Unless otherwise stated, if the language of this table specifies a sample digestion and/or distillation “followed by” analysis with a method, approved digestion and/or distillation are required prior to analysis. | |||||
59 Samples analyzed for available cyanide using OI Analytical method OIA-1677-09 or ASTM method D6888-16 that contain particulate matter may be filtered only after the ligand exchange reagents have been added to the samples, because the ligand exchange process converts complexes containing available cyanide to free cyanide, which is not removed by filtration. Analysts are further cautioned to limit the time between the addition of the ligand exchange reagents and sample filtration to no more than 30 minutes to preclude settling of materials in samples. | |||||
60 Analysts should be aware that pH optima and chromophore absorption maxima might differ when phenol is replaced by a substituted phenol as the color reagent in Berthelot Reaction (“phenol-hypochlorite reaction”) colorimetric ammonium determination methods. For example, when phenol is used as the color reagent, pH optimum and wavelength of maximum absorbance are about 11.5 and 635 nm, respectively—see, Patton, C.J. and S.R. Crouch. March 1977. Anal. Chem. 49:464-469. These reaction parameters increase to pH > 12.6 and 665 nm when salicylate is used as the color reagent—see, Krom, M.D. April 1980. The Analyst 105:305-316. | |||||
61 If atomic absorption or ICP instrumentation is not available, the aluminon colorimetric method detailed in the 19th Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater may be used. This method has poorer precision and bias than the methods of choice. | |||||
62 Easy (1-Reagent) Nitrate Method, Revision November 12, 2011. Craig Chinchilla. | |||||
63 Hach Method 10360, Luminescence Measurement of Dissolved Oxygen in Water and Wastewater and for Use in the Determination of BOD 5 and CBOD 5 . Revision 1.2, October 2011. Hach Company. This method may be used to measure dissolved oxygen when performing the methods approved in this table IB for measurement of biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) and carbonaceous biochemical oxygen demand (CBOD). | |||||
64 In-Situ Method 1002-8-2009, Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Measurement by Optical Probe. 2009. In-Situ Incorporated. | |||||
65 Mitchell Method M5331, Determination of Turbidity by Nephelometry. Revision 1.0, July 31, 2008. Leck Mitchell. | |||||
66 Mitchell Method M5271, Determination of Turbidity by Nephelometry. Revision 1.0, July 31, 2008. Leck Mitchell. | |||||
67 Orion Method AQ4500, Determination of Turbidity by Nephelometry. Revision 5, March 12, 2009. Thermo Scientific. | |||||
68 EPA Method 200.5, Determination of Trace Elements in Drinking Water by Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry, EPA/600/R-06/115. Revision 4.2, October 2003. US EPA. | |||||
69 Method 1627, Kinetic Test Method for the Prediction of Mine Drainage Quality, EPA-821-R-09-002. December 2011. US EPA. | |||||
70 Techniques and Methods Book 5-B1, Determination of Elements in Natural-Water, Biota, Sediment and Soil Samples Using Collision/Reaction Cell Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry, Chapter 1, Section B, Methods of the National Water Quality Laboratory, Book 5, Laboratory Analysis, 2006. USGS. | |||||
71 Water-Resources Investigations Report 01-4132, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Organic Plus Inorganic Mercury in Filtered and Unfiltered Natural Water with Cold Vapor-Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry, 2001. USGS. | |||||
72 USGS Techniques and Methods 5-B8, Chapter 8, Section B, Methods of the National Water Quality Laboratory Book 5, Laboratory Analysis, 2011 USGS. | |||||
73 NECi Method N07-0003, “Nitrate Reductase Nitrate-Nitrogen Analysis,” Revision 9.0, March 2014, The Nitrate Elimination Co., Inc. | |||||
74 Timberline Instruments, LLC Method Ammonia-001, “Determination of Inorganic Ammonia by Continuous Flow Gas Diffusion and Conductivity Cell Analysis,” June 2011, Timberline Instruments, LLC. | |||||
75 Hach Company Method 10206, “Spectrophotometric Measurement of Nitrate in Water and Wastewater,” Revision 2.1, January 2013, Hach Company. | |||||
76 Hach Company Method 10242, “Simplified Spectrophotometric Measurement of Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen in Water and Wastewater,” Revision 1.1, January 2013, Hach Company. | |||||
77 National Council for Air and Stream Improvement (NCASI) Method TNTP-W10900, “Total (Kjeldahl) Nitrogen and Total Phosphorus in Pulp and Paper Biologically Treated Effluent by Alkaline Persulfate Digestion,” June 2011, National Council for Air and Stream Improvement, Inc. | |||||
78 The pH adjusted sample is to be adjusted to 7.6 for NPDES reporting purposes. | |||||
79 I-2057-85 in U.S. Geological Survey Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations, Book 5, Chap. A1, Methods for Determination of Inorganic Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments, 1989. | |||||
80 Methods I-2522-90, I-2540-90, and I-2601-90 in U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report 93-125, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Inorganic and Organic Constituents in Water and Fluvial Sediments, 1993. | |||||
81 Method I-4472-97 in U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report 98-165, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Inorganic and Organic Constituents in Water and Fluvial Sediments, 1998. | |||||
82 FIAlab 100, “Determination of Inorganic Ammonia by Continuous Flow Gas Diffusion and Fluorescence Detector Analysis”, April 4, 2018, FIAlab Instruments, Inc. | |||||
83 MACHEREY-NAGEL GmbH and Co. Method 036/038 NANOCOLOR® COD LR/HR, “Spectrophotometric Measurement of Chemical Oxygen Demand in Water and Wastewater”, Revision 1.5, May 2018, MACHEREY-NAGEL GmbH and Co. KG. | |||||
84 Please refer to the following applicable Quality Control Sections: Part 2000 Methods, Physical and Aggregate Properties 2020 (2021); Part 3000 Methods, Metals, 3020 (2021); Part 4000 Methods, Inorganic Nonmetallic Constituents, 4020 (2022); Part 5000 Methods, and Aggregate Organic Constituents, 5020 (2022). These Quality Control Standards are available for download at www.standardmethods.org at no charge. | |||||
85 Each laboratory may establish its own control limits by performing at least 25 glucose-glutamic acid (GGA) checks over several weeks or months and calculating the mean and standard deviation. The laboratory may then use the mean ± 3 standard deviations as the control limit for future GGA checks. However, GGA acceptance criteria can be no wider than 198 ± 30.5 mg/L for BOD 5 . GGA acceptance criteria for CBOD must be either 198 ± 30.5 mg/L, or the lab may develop control charts under the following conditions: dissolved oxygen uptake from the seed contribution is between 0.6-1.0 mg/L; control charts are performed on at least 25 GGA checks with three standard deviations from the derived mean; the RSD must not exceed 7.5%; and any single GGA value cannot be less than 150 mg/L or higher than 250 mg/L. | |||||
86 The approved method is that cited in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 14th Edition, 1976. | |||||
1. Acidity (as CaCO 3), mg/L | Electrometric endpoint or phenolphthalein endpoint | 2310 B-2020 | D1067-16 | I-1020-85. 2 | |
2. Alkalinity (as CaCO 3), mg/L | Electrometric or Colorimetric titration to pH 4.5, Manual | 2320 B-2021 | D1067-16 | 973.43, 3 I-1030-85. 2 | |
Automatic | 310.2 (Rev. 1974) 1 | I-2030-85. 2 | |||
3. Aluminum—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration 36 | 3111 D-2019 or 3111 E-2019 | I-3051-85. 2 | |||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020. | ||||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5 Rev 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8, Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4472-97, 81 | |
Direct Current Plasma (DCP) 36 | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
Colorimetric (Eriochrome cyanine R) | 3500-Al B-2020. | ||||
4. Ammonia (as N), mg/L | Manual distillation 6 or gas diffusion (pH > 11), followed by any of the following: | 350.1 Rev. 2.0 (1993) | 4500-NH 3 B-2021 | 973.49. 3 | |
Nesslerization | D1426-15 (A) | 973.49, 3 I-3520-85. 2 | |||
Titration | 4500-NH 3 C-2021. | ||||
Electrode | 4500-NH 3 D-2021 or E-2021 | D1426-15 (B) | |||
Manual phenate, salicylate, or other substituted phenols in Berthelot reaction-based methods | 4500-NH 3 F-2021 | See footnote. 60 | |||
Automated phenate, salicylate, or other substituted phenols in Berthelot reaction-based methods | 350.1, 30 Rev. 2.0 (1993) | 4500-NH 3 G-2021, 4500-NH 3 H-2021 | I-4523-85, 2 I-2522-90. 80 | ||
Automated electrode | See footnote. 7 | ||||
Ion Chromatography | D6919-17. | ||||
Automated gas diffusion, followed by conductivity cell analysis | Timberline Ammonia-001. 74 | ||||
Automated gas diffusion followed by fluorescence detector analysis | FIAlab100. 82 | ||||
5. Antimony—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration 36 | 3111 B-2019. | ||||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020. | ||||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5 Rev 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20. | ||
ICP/MS | 200.8, Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4472-97. 81 | |
6. Arsenic—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | 206.5 (Issued 1978). 1 | |||
AA gaseous hydride | 3114 B-2020 or 3114 C-2020 | D2972-15 (B) | I-3062-85. 2 | ||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D2972-15 (C) | I-4063-98. 49 | ||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5, Rev 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20. | ||
ICP/MS | 200.8, Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4020-05. 70 | |
Colorimetric (SDDC) | 3500-As B-2020 | D2972-15 (A) | I-3060-85. 2 | ||
7. Barium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration 36 | 3111 D-2019 | I-3084-85. 2 | |||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D4382-18. | |||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5, Rev 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | I-4471-97. 50 | ||
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4472-97. 81 | |
DCP 36 | See footnote. 34 | ||||
8. Beryllium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 D-2019 or 3111 E-2019 | D3645-15 (A) | I-3095-85. 2 | ||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D3645-15 (B). | |||
STGFAA | 200.9, Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES | 200.5 Rev 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4472-97. 81 | |
DCP | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
Colorimetric (aluminon) | See footnote 61 | ||||
9. Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD 5), mg/L | Dissolved Oxygen Depletion | 5210 B-2016 85 | 973.44 3 p. 17, 9 I-1578-78, 8 see footnote. 1063 | ||
10. Boron—Total, 37 mg/L | Colorimetric (curcumin) | 4500-B B-2011 | I-3112-85. 2 | ||
ICP/AES | 200.5 Rev 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14. 3 | |
DCP | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
11. Bromide, mg/L | Electrode | D1246-16 | I-1125-85. 2 | ||
Ion Chromatography | 300.0 Rev 2.1 (1993), and 300.1 Rev 1.0 (1997) | 4110 B-2020, C-2020 or D-2020 | D4327-17 | 993.30, 3 I-2057-85. 79 | |
CIE/UV | 4140 B-2020 | D6508-15 | D6508 Rev. 2. 54 | ||
12. Cadmium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration 36 | 3111 B-2019 or 3111 C-2019 | D3557-17 (A or B) | 974.27 3 p. 37, 9 I-3135-85 2 or I-3136-85. 2 | ||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D3557-17 (D) | I-4138-89. 51 | ||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5 Rev 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-1472-85 2 or I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8, Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4472-97. 81 | |
DCP 36 | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
Voltammetry 11 | D3557-17 (C). | ||||
Colorimetric (Dithizone) | 3500-Cd D-1990. | ||||
13. Calcium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 B-2019 or 3111 D-2019 | D511-14 (B) | I-3152-85. 2 | ||
ICP/MS | 200.8, Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14. 3 | |
DCP | See footnote. 34 | ||||
Titrimetric (EDTA) | 3500-Ca B-2020 | D511-14 (A). | |||
Ion Chromatography | D6919-17. | ||||
14. Carbonaceous biochemical oxygen demand (CBOD 5), mg/L 12 | Dissolved Oxygen Depletion with nitrification inhibitor | 5210 B-2016 85 | See footnotes. 35 63 | ||
15. Chemical oxygen demand (COD), mg/L | Titrimetric | 410.3 (Rev. 1978) 1 | 5220 B-2011 or C-2011 | D1252-06(12) (A) | 973.46 3 p. 17, 9 I-3560-85. 2 |
Spectrophotometric, manual or automatic | 410.4 Rev. 2.0 (1993) | 5220 D-2011 | D1252-06(12) (B) | See footnotes, 131483 I-3561-85. 2 | |
16. Chloride, mg/L | Titrimetric: (silver nitrate) | 4500-Cl B-2021 | D512-12 (B) | I-1183-85. 2 | |
(Mercuric nitrate) | 4500-Cl C-2021 | D512-12 (A) | 973.51, 3 I-1184-85. 2 | ||
Colorimetric: manual | I-1187-85. 2 | ||||
Automated (ferricyanide) | 4500-Cl E-2021 | I-2187-85. 2 | |||
Potentiometric Titration | 4500-Cl D-2021. | ||||
Ion Selective Electrode | D512-12 (C). | ||||
Ion Chromatography | 300.0 Rev 2.1 (1993), and 300.1 Rev 1.0 (1997) | 4110 B-2020 or 4110 C-2020 | D4327-17 | 993.30, 3 I-2057-90. 51 | |
CIE/UV | 4140 B-2020 | D6508-15 | D6508, Rev. 2. 54 | ||
17. Chlorine—Total residual, mg/L | Amperometric direct | 4500-Cl D-2011 | D1253-14. | ||
Amperometric direct (low level) | 4500-Cl E-2011. | ||||
Iodometric direct | 4500-Cl B-2011. | ||||
Back titration ether end-point 15 | 4500-Cl C-2011. | ||||
DPD-FAS | 4500-Cl F-2011. | ||||
Spectrophotometric, DPD | 4500-Cl G-2011. | ||||
Electrode | See footnote. 16 | ||||
17A. Chlorine—Free Available, mg/L | Amperometric direct | 4500-Cl D-2011 | D1253-14. | ||
Amperometric direct (low level) | 4500-Cl E-2011. | ||||
DPD-FAS | 4500-Cl F-2011. | ||||
Spectrophotometric, DPD | 4500-Cl G-2011. | ||||
18. Chromium VI dissolved, mg/L | 0.45-micron filtration followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA chelation-extraction | 3111 C-2019 | I-1232-85. 2 | |||
Colorimetric (diphenyl-carbazide) | 3500-Cr B-2020 | D1687-17 (A) | I-1230-85. 2 | ||
19. Chromium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration 36 | 3111 B-2019 | D1687-17 (B) | 974.27, 3 I-3236-85. 2 | ||
AA chelation-extraction | 3111 C-2019. | ||||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D1687-17 (C) | I-3233-93. 46 | ||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5 Rev 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20. | ||
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4020-05 70 I-4472-97. 81 | |
DCP 36 | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
Colorimetric (diphenyl-carbazide) | 3500-Cr B-2020. | ||||
20. Cobalt—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 B-2019 or 3111 C-2019 | D3558-15 (A or B) | p. 37, 9 I-323985. 2 | ||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D3558-15 (C) | I-4243-89. 51 | ||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES | 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4020-05 70 I-4472-97. 81 | |
DCP | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
21. Color, platinum cobalt units or dominant wavelength, hue, luminance purity | Colorimetric (ADMI) | 2120 F-2021. 78 | |||
Platinum cobalt visual comparison | 2120 B-2021 | I-1250-85. 2 | |||
Spectrophotometric | See footnote. 18 | ||||
22. Copper—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration 36 | 3111 B-2019 or 3111 C-2019 | D1688-17 (A or B) | 974.27, 3 p. 37, 9 I-3270-85 2 or I-3271-85. 2 | ||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D1688-17 (C) | I-4274-89. 51 | ||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5 Rev 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4020-05, 70 I-4472-97. 81 | |
DCP 36 | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
Colorimetric (Neocuproine) | 3500-Cu B-2020. | ||||
Colorimetric (Bathocuproine) | 3500-Cu C-2020 | See footnote. 19 | |||
23. Cyanide—Total, mg/L | Automated UV digestion/distillation and Colorimetry | Kelada-01. 55 | |||
Segmented Flow Injection, In-Line Ultraviolet Digestion, followed by gas diffusion amperometry | 4500-CN P-2021 | D7511-12 (17). | |||
Manual distillation with MgCl 2 , followed by any of the following: | 335.4 Rev. 1.0 (1993) 57 | 4500-CN B-2021 and C-2021 | D2036-09(15)(A), D7284-20 | 10-204-00-1-X. 56 | |
Flow Injection, gas diffusion amperometry | D2036-09(15)(A) D7284-20. | ||||
Titrimetric | 4500-CN D-2021 | D2036-09(15)(A) | See footnote 9 p. 22. | ||
Spectrophotometric, manual | 4500-CN E-2021 | D2036-09(15)(A) | I-3300-85. 2 | ||
Semi-Automated 20 | 335.4 Rev. 1.0 (1993) 57 | 4500-CN N-2021 | 10-204-00-1-X, 56 I-4302-85. 2 | ||
Ion Chromatography | D2036-09(15)(A). | ||||
Ion Selective Electrode | 4500-CN F-2021 | D2036-09(15)(A). | |||
24. Cyanide—Available, mg/L | Cyanide Amenable to Chlorination (CATC); Manual distillation with MgCl 2 , followed by Titrimetric or Spectrophotometric | 4500-CN G-2021 | D2036-09(15)(B). | ||
Flow injection and ligand exchange, followed by gas diffusion amperometry 59 | 4500-CN Q-2021 | D6888-16 | OIA-1677-09. 44 | ||
Automated Distillation and Colorimetry (no UV digestion) | Kelada-01. 55 | ||||
24A. Cyanide—Free, mg/L | Flow Injection, followed by gas diffusion amperometry | 4500-CN R-2021 | D7237-18 (A) | OIA-1677-09. 44 | |
Manual micro-diffusion and colorimetry | D4282-15. | ||||
25. Fluoride—Total, mg/L | Manual distillation, 6 followed by any of the following: | 4500-F B-2021 | D1179-16 (A). | ||
Electrode, manual | 4500-F C-2021 | D1179-16 (B). | |||
Electrode, automated | 4500-F G-2021 | I-4327-85. 2 | |||
Colorimetric, (SPADNS) | 4500-F D-2021. | ||||
Automated complexone | 4500-F E-2021. | ||||
Ion Chromatography | 300.0 Rev 2.1 (1993) and 300.1 Rev 1.0 (1997) | 4110 B-2020 or C-2020 | D4327-17 | 993.30. 3 | |
CIE/UV | 4140 B-2020 | D6508-15 | D6508, Rev. 2. 54 | ||
26. Gold—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 B-2019. | ||||
AA furnace | 231.2 (Issued 1978) 1 | 3113 B-2020. | |||
ICP/MS | 200.8, Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14. 3 | |
DCP | See footnote. 34 | ||||
27. Hardness—Total (as CaCO (3) , mg/L | Automated colorimetric | 130.1 (Issued 1971). 1 | |||
Titrimetric (EDTA) | 2340 C-2021 | D1126-17 | 973.52B, 3 I-1338-85. 2 | ||
Ca plus Mg as their carbonates, by any approved method for Ca and Mg (See Parameters 13 and 33), provided that the sum of the lowest point of quantitation for Ca and Mg is below the NPDES permit requirement for Hardness. | 2340 B-2021. | ||||
28. Hydrogen ion (pH), pH units | Electrometric measurement | 4500-H + B-2021 | D1293-18 (A or B) | 973.41, 3 I-1586-85. 2 | |
Automated electrode | 150.2 (Dec. 1982) 1 | See footnote 21 I-2587-85. 2 | |||
29. Iridium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 B-2019. | ||||
AA furnace | 235.2 (Issued 1978). 1 | ||||
ICP/MS | 3125 B-2020. | ||||
30. Iron—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration 36 | 3111 B-2019 or 3111 C-2019 | D1068-15 (A) | 974.27, 3 I-3381-85. 2 | ||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D1068-15 (B). | |||
STGFAA | 200.9, Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5 Rev. 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8, Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14. 3 | |
DCP 36 | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
Colorimetric (Phenanthroline) | 3500-Fe B-2011 | D1068-15 (C) | See footnote. 22 | ||
31. Kjeldahl Nitrogen 5 —Total (as N), mg/L | Manual digestion 20 and distillation or gas diffusion, followed by any of the following: | 4500-N org B-2021 or C-2021 and 4500-NH 3 B-2021 | D3590-17 (A) | I-4515-91. 45 | |
Titration | 4500-NH 3 C-2021 | 973.48. 3 | |||
Nesslerization | D1426-15 (A). | ||||
Electrode | 4500-NH 3 D-2021 or E-2021 | D1426-15 (B). | |||
Semi-automated phenate | 350.1 Rev. 2.0 (1993) | 4500-NH 3 G-2021 or 4500-NH 3 H-2021. | |||
Manual phenate, salicylate, or other substituted phenols in Berthelot reaction based methods | 4500-NH 3 F-2021 | See footnote. 60 | |||
Automated gas diffusion, followed by conductivity cell analysis | Timberline Ammonia-001. 74 | ||||
Automated gas diffusion followed by fluorescence detector analysis | FIAlab 100. 82 | ||||
Automated Methods for TKN that do not require manual distillation. | |||||
Automated phenate, salicylate, or other substituted phenols in Berthelot reaction-based methods colorimetric (auto digestion and distillation) | 351.1 (Rev. 1978) 1 | I-4551-78. 8 | |||
Semi-automated block digestor colorimetric (distillation not required) | 351.2 Rev. 2.0 (1993) | 4500-N org D-2021 | D3590-17 (B) | I-4515-91. 45 | |
Block digester, followed by Auto distillation and Titration | See footnote. 39 | ||||
Block digester, followed by Auto distillation and Nesslerization | See footnote. 40 | ||||
Block Digester, followed by Flow injection gas diffusion (distillation not required) | See footnote. 41 | ||||
Digestion with peroxdisulfate, followed by Spectrophotometric (2,6-dimethyl phenol) | Hach 10242. 76 | ||||
Digestion with persulfate, followed by Colorimetric | NCASI TNTP W10900. 77 | ||||
32. Lead—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration 36 | 3111 B-2019 or 3111 C-2019 | D3559-15 (A or B) | 974.27, 3 I-3399-85. 2 | ||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D3559-15 (D) | I-4403-89. 51 | ||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5 Rev. 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4472-97. 81 | |
DCP 36 | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
Voltammetry 11 | D3559-15 (C). | ||||
Colorimetric (Dithizone) | 3500-Pb B-2020. | ||||
33. Magnesium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 B-2019 | D511-14 (B) | 974.27, 3 I-3447-85. 2 | ||
ICP/AES | 200.5 Rev. 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14. 3 | |
DCP | See footnote. 34 | ||||
Ion Chromatography | D6919-17. | ||||
34. Manganese—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration 36 | 3111 B-2019 or 3111 C-2019 | D858-17 (A or B) | 974.27, 3 I-3454-85. 2 | ||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D858-17 (C). | |||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5, Rev. 4.2 (2003); 68 200.7, Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4472-97. 81 | |
DCP 36 | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
Colorimetric (Persulfate) | 3500-Mn B-2020 | 920.203. 3 | |||
Colorimetric (Periodate) | See footnote. 23 | ||||
35. Mercury—Total, mg/L | Cold vapor, Manual | 245.1 Rev. 3.0 (1994) | 3112 B-2020 | D3223-17 | 977.22, 3 I-3462-85. 2 |
Cold vapor, Automated | 245.2 (Issued 1974). 1 | ||||
Cold vapor atomic fluorescence spectrometry (CVAFS) | 245.7 Rev. 2.0 (2005) 17 | I-4464-01. 71 | |||
Purge and Trap CVAFS | 1631E. 43 | ||||
36. Molybdenum—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 D-2019 | I-3490-85. 2 | |||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | I-3492-96. 47 | |||
ICP/AES | 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4472-97. 81 | |
DCP | See footnote. 34 | ||||
37. Nickel—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration 36 | 3111 B-2019 or 3111 C-2019 | D1886-14 (A or B) | I-3499-85. 2 | ||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D1886-14 (C) | I-4503-89. 51 | ||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5 Rev. 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8, Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4020-05, 70 I-4472-97. 81 | |
DCP 36 | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
38. Nitrate (as N), mg/L | Ion Chromatography | 300.0 Rev. 2.1 (1993) and 300.1 Rev. 1.0 (1997) | 4110 B-2020 or C-2020 | D4327-17 | 993.30. 3 |
CIE/UV | 4140 B-2020 | D6508-15 | D6508, Rev. 2. 54 | ||
Ion Selective Electrode | 4500-NO 3 D-2019. | ||||
Colorimetric (Brucine sulfate) | 352.1 (Issued 1971) 1 | 973.50, 3 419D, 86 p. 28. 9 | |||
Spectrophotometric (2,6-dimethylphenol) | Hach 10206. 75 | ||||
Nitrate-nitrite N minus Nitrite N (see parameters 39 and 40). | |||||
39. Nitrate-nitrite (as N), mg/L | Cadmium reduction, Manual | 4500-NO 3 E-2019 | D3867-16 (B). | ||
Cadmium reduction, Automated | 353.2 Rev. 2.0 (1993) | 4500-NO 3 F-2019 or 4500-NO 3 I-2019 | D3867-16 (A) | I-2545-90. 51 | |
Automated hydrazine | 4500-NO 3 H-2019. | ||||
Reduction/Colorimetric | See footnote. 62 | ||||
Ion Chromatography | 300.0 Rev. 2.1 (1993) and 300.1 Rev. 1.0 (1997) | 4110 B-2020 or C-2020 | D4327-17 | 993.30. 3 | |
CIE/UV | 4140 B-2020 | D6508-15 | D6508, Rev. 2. 54 | ||
Enzymatic reduction, followed by automated colorimetric determination | D7781-14 | I-2547-11, 72 I-2548-11, 72 N07-0003. 73 | |||
Enzymatic reduction, followed by manual colorimetric determination | 4500-NO 3 J-2018. | ||||
Spectrophotometric (2,6-dimethylphenol) | Hach 10206. 75 | ||||
40. Nitrite (as N), mg/L | Spectrophotometric: Manual | 4500-NO 2 B-2021 | See footnote. 25 | ||
Automated (Diazotization) | I-4540-85 2 see footnote, 62 I-2540-90. 80 | ||||
Automated (*bypass cadmium reduction) | 353.2 Rev. 2.0 (1993) | 4500-NO 3 F-2019, 4500-NO 3 I-2019 | D3867-16 (A) | I-4545-85. 2 | |
Manual (*bypass cadmium or enzymatic reduction) | 4500-NO 3 E-2019, 4500-NO 3 J-2018 | D3867-16 (B). | |||
Ion Chromatography | 300.0 Rev. 2.1 (1993) and 300.1 Rev. 1.0 (1997) | 4110 B-2020 or C-2020 | D4327-17 | 993.30. 3 | |
CIE/UV | 4140 B-2020 | D6508-15 | D6508, Rev. 2. 54 | ||
Automated (*bypass Enzymatic reduction) | D7781-14 | I-2547-11, 72 I-2548-11, 72 N07-0003. 73 | |||
41. Oil and grease—Total recoverable, mg/L | Hexane extractable material (HEM): n -Hexane extraction and gravimetry | 1664 Rev. A 1664 Rev. B 42 | 5520 B or G-2021. 38 | ||
Silica gel treated HEM (SGT-HEM): Silica gel treatment and gravimetry | 1664 Rev. A, 1664 Rev. B 42 | 5520 B or G-2021 38 and 5520 F-2021. 38 | |||
42. Organic carbon—Total (TOC), mg/L | Combustion | 5310 B-2014 | D7573-18a e1 | 973.47, 3 p. 14. 24 | |
Heated persulfate or UV persulfate oxidation | 5310 C-2014, 5310 D-2011 | D4839-03(17) | 973.47, 3, p. 14. 24 | ||
43. Organic nitrogen (as N), mg/L | Total Kjeldahl N (Parameter 31) minus ammonia N (Parameter 4). | ||||
44. Ortho-phosphate (as P), mg/L | Ascorbic acid method: | ||||
Automated | 365.1 Rev. 2.0 (1993) | 4500-P F-2021 or G-2021 | 973.56, 3 I-4601-85, 2 I-2601-90. 80 | ||
Manual, single-reagent | 4500-P E-2021 | D515-88 (A) | 973.55. 3 | ||
Manual, two-reagent | 365.3 (Issued 1978). 1 | ||||
Ion Chromatography | 300.0 Rev. 2.1 (1993) and 300.1 Rev. 1.0 (1997) | 4110 B-2020 or C-2020 | D4327-17 | 993.30. 3 | |
CIE/UV | 4140 B-2020 | D6508-15 | D6508, Rev. 2. 54 | ||
45. Osmium—Total 4 , mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 D-2019. | ||||
AA furnace | 252.2 (Issued 1978). 1 | ||||
46. Oxygen, dissolved, mg/L | Winkler (Azide modification) | 4500-O (B-F)-2021 | D888-18 (A) | 973.45B, 3 I-1575-78. 8 | |
Electrode | 4500-O G-2021 | D888-18 (B) | I-1576-78. 8 | ||
Luminescence-Based Sensor | 4500-O H-2021 | D888-18 (C) | See footnotes. | ||
47. Palladium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 B-2019. | ||||
AA furnace | 253.2 (Issued 1978). 1 | ||||
ICP/MS | 3125 B-2020. | ||||
DCP | See footnote. 34 | ||||
48. Phenols, mg/L | Manual distillation, 26 followed by any of the following: | 420.1 (Rev. 1978) 1 | 5530 B-2021 | D1783-01(12) | |
Colorimetric (4AAP) manual | 420.1 (Rev. 1978) 1 | 5530 D-2021 27 | D1783-01(12) (A or B). | ||
Automated colorimetric (4AAP) | 420.4 Rev. 1.0 (1993). | ||||
49. Phosphorus (elemental), mg/L | Gas-liquid chromatography | See footnote. 28 | |||
50. Phosphorus—Total, mg/L | Digestion, 20 followed by any of the following: | 4500-P B (5)-2021 | 973.55. 3 | ||
Manual | 365.3 (Issued 1978) 1 | 4500-P E-2021 | D515-88 (A). | ||
Automated ascorbic acid reduction | 365.1 Rev. 2.0 (1993) | 4500-P (F-H)-2021 | 973.56, 3 I-4600-85. 2 | ||
ICP/AES 436 | 200.7Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | I-4471-97. 50 | ||
Semi-automated block digestor (TKP digestion) | 365.4 (Issued 1974) 1 | D515-88 (B) | I-4610-91. 48 | ||
Digestion with persulfate, followed by Colorimetric | NCASI TNTP W10900. 77 | ||||
51. Platinum—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 B-2019. | ||||
AA furnace | 255.2 (Issued 1978). 1 | ||||
ICP/MS | 3125 B-2020. | ||||
DCP | See footnote. 34 | ||||
52. Potassium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 B-2019 | 973.5, 3 I-3630-85. 2 | |||
ICP/AES | 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020. | |||
ICP/MS | 200.8, Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14. 3 | |
Flame photometric | 3500-K B-2020. | ||||
Electrode | 3500-K C-2020. | ||||
Ion Chromatography | D6919-17. | ||||
53. Residue—Total, mg/L | Gravimetric, 103-105° | 2540 B-2020 | I-3750-85. 2 | ||
54. Residue—filterable, mg/L | Gravimetric, 180° | 2540 C-2020 | D5907-18 (B) | I-1750-85. 2 | |
55. Residue—non-filterable (TSS), mg/L | Gravimetric, 103-105° post-washing of residue | 2540 D-2020 | D5907-18 (A) | I-3765-85. 2 | |
56. Residue—settleable, mg/L | Volumetric (Imhoff cone), or gravimetric | 2540 F-2020. | |||
57. Residue—Volatile, mg/L | Gravimetric, 550° | 160.4 (Issued 1971) 1 | 2540 E-2020 | I-3753-85. 2 | |
58. Rhodium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration, or | 3111 B-2019. | ||||
AA furnace | 265.2 (Issued 1978). 1 | ||||
ICP/MS | 3125 B-2020. | ||||
59. Ruthenium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration, or | 3111 B-2019. | ||||
AA furnace | 267.2. 1 | ||||
ICP/MS | 3125 B-2020. | ||||
60. Selenium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D3859-15 (B) | I-4668-98. 49 | ||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5 Rev 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20. | ||
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4020-05 70 I-4472-97. 81 | |
AA gaseous hydride | 3114 B-2020, or 3114 C-2020 | D3859-15 (A) | I-3667-85. 2 | ||
61. Silica—Dissolved, 37 mg/L | 0.45-micron filtration followed by any of the following: | ||||
Colorimetric, Manual | 4500-SiO 2 C-2021 | D859-16 | I-1700-85. 2 | ||
Automated (Molybdosilicate) | 4500-SiO 2 E-2021 or F-2021 | I-2700-85. 2 | |||
ICP/AES | 200.5 Rev. 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | I-4471-97. 50 | ||
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14. 3 | |
62. Silver—Total, 4 31 mg/L | Digestion, 4 29 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 B-2019 or 3111 C-2019 | 974.27, 3 p. 37, 9 I-3720-85. 2 | |||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | I-4724-89. 51 | |||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES | 200.5 Rev. 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4472-97. 81 | |
DCP | See footnote. 34 | ||||
63. Sodium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 B-2019 | 973.54, 3 I-3735-85. 2 | |||
ICP/AES | 200.5 Rev. 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | I-4471-97. 50 | ||
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14. 3 | |
DCP | See footnote. 34 | ||||
Flame photometric | 3500-Na B-2020. | ||||
Ion Chromatography | D6919-17. | ||||
64. Specific conductance, micromhos/cm at 25 °C | Wheatstone bridge | 120.1 (Rev. 1982) 1 | 2510 B-2021 | D1125-95(99) (A) | 973.40, 3 I-2781-85. 2 |
65. Sulfate (as SO 4), mg/L | Automated colorimetric | 375.2 Rev. 2.0 (1993) | 4500-SO 42 F-2021 or G-2021. | ||
Gravimetric | 4500-SO 42 C-2021 or D-2021 | 925.54. 3 | |||
Turbidimetric | 4500-SO 42 E-2021 | D516-16. | |||
Ion Chromatography | 300.0 Rev. 2.1 (1993) and 300.1 Rev. 1.0 (1997) | 4110 B-2020 or C-2020 | D4327-17 | 993.30, 3 I-4020-05. 70 | |
CIE/UV | 4140 B-2020 | D6508-15 | D6508 Rev. 2. 54 | ||
66. Sulfide (as S), mg/L | Sample Pretreatment | 4500-S 2 B, C-2021. | |||
Titrimetric (iodine) | 4500-S 2 F-2021 | I-3840-85. 2 | |||
Colorimetric (methylene blue) | 4500-S 2 D-2021. | ||||
Ion Selective Electrode | 4500-S 2 G-2021 | D4658-15. | |||
67. Sulfite (as SO 3), mg/L | Titrimetric (iodine-iodate) | 4500-SO 32 B-2021. | |||
68. Surfactants, mg/L | Colorimetric (methylene blue) | 5540 C-2021 | D2330-20. | ||
69. Temperature, °C | Thermometric | 2550 B-2010 | See footnote. 32 | ||
70. Thallium-Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 B-2019. | ||||
AA furnace | 279.2 (Issued 1978) 1 | 3113 B-2020. | |||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES | 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20. | ||
ICP/MS | 200.8, Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4471-97 50 I-4472-97. 81 | |
71. Tin—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 B-2019 | I-3850-78. 8 | |||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020. | ||||
STGFAA | 200.9 Rev. 2.2 (1994). | ||||
ICP/AES | 200.5 Rev. 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994). | ||||
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14. 3 | |
72. Titanium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 D-2019. | ||||
AA furnace | 283.2 (Issued 1978). 1 | ||||
ICP/AES | 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994). | ||||
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14. 3 | |
DCP | See footnote. 34 | ||||
73. Turbidity, NTU 53 | Nephelometric | 180.1, Rev. 2.0 (1993) | 2130 B-2020 | D1889-00 | I-3860-85, 2 see footnotes. 656667 |
74. Vanadium—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration | 3111 D-2019. | ||||
AA furnace | 3113 B-2020 | D3373-17. | |||
ICP/AES | 200.5 Rev. 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7 Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4020-05. 70 | |
DCP | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
Colorimetric (Gallic Acid) | 3500-V B-2011. | ||||
75. Zinc—Total, 4 mg/L | Digestion, 4 followed by any of the following: | ||||
AA direct aspiration 36 | 3111 B-2019 or 3111 C-2019 | D1691-17 (A or B) | 974.27 3 p. 37, 9 I-3900-85. 2 | ||
AA furnace | 289.2 (Issued 1978). 1 | ||||
ICP/AES 36 | 200.5 Rev. 4.2 (2003), 68 200.7, Rev. 4.4 (1994) | 3120 B-2020 | D1976-20 | I-4471-97. 50 | |
ICP/MS | 200.8 Rev. 5.4 (1994) | 3125 B-2020 | D5673-16 | 993.14, 3 I-4020-05, 70 I-4472-97. 81 | |
DCP 36 | D4190-15 | See footnote. 34 | |||
Colorimetric (Zincon) | 3500 Zn B-2020 | See footnote. 33 | |||
76. Acid Mine Drainage | 1627. 69 |
Parameter1 | Method | EPA2 7 | Standard methods17 | ASTM | Other |
1. Acenaphthene | GC | 610 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
2. Acenaphthylene | GC | 610 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
3. Acrolein | GC | 603 | |||
GC/MS | 624.1 4 , 1624B. | ||||
4. Acrylonitrile | GC | 603 | |||
GC/MS | 624.1 4 , 1624B | O-4127-96. 13 | |||
5. Anthracene | GC | 610 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
6. Benzene | GC | 602 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
7. Benzidine | Spectro-photometric | See footnote 3 p.1. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1 5 , 1625B | 6410 B-2020. | |||
HPLC | 605 | ||||
8. Benzo(a)anthracene | GC | 610 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
9. Benzo(a)pyrene | GC | 610 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
10. Benzo(b)fluoranthene | GC | 610 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
11. Benzo(g,h,i)perylene | GC | 610 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
12. Benzo(k)fluoranthene | GC | 610 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
13. Benzyl chloride | GC | See footnote 3 p. 130. | |||
GC/MS | See footnote 6 p. S102. | ||||
14. Butyl benzyl phthalate | GC | 606 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
15. bis(2-Chloroethoxy) methane | GC | 611 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
16. bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether | GC | 611 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
17. bis(2-Ethylhexyl) phthalate | GC | 606 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
18. Bromodichloromethane | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
19. Bromoform | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
20. Bromomethane | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
21. 4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether | GC | 611 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
22. Carbon tetrachloride | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020 | See footnote 3 p. 130. | |
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
23. 4-Chloro-3-methyl phenol | GC | 604 | 6420 B-2021. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
24. Chlorobenzene | GC | 601, 602 | 6200 C-2020 | See footnote 3 p. 130. | |
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 O-4436-16. 14 | ||
25. Chloroethane | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96. 13 | ||
26. 2-Chloroethylvinyl ether | GC | 601 | |||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B. | ||||
27. Chloroform | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020 | See footnote 3 p. 130. | |
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
28. Chloromethane | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
29. 2-Chloronaphthalene | GC | 612 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
30. 2-Chlorophenol | GC | 604 | 6420 B-2021. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
31. 4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether | GC | 611 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
32. Chrysene | GC | 610 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
33. Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene | GC | 610 | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
34. Dibromochloromethane | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
35. 1,2-Dichlorobenzene | GC | 601, 602 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1625B | 6200 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27, O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
36. 1,3-Dichlorobenzene | GC | 601, 602 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1625B | 6200 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27, O-4127-96. 13 | ||
37. 1,4-Dichlorobenzene | GC | 601, 602 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1625B | 6200 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27, O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
38. 3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine | GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020. | ||
HPLC | 605. | ||||
39. Dichlorodifluoromethane | GC | 601. | |||
GC/MS | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | |||
40. 1,1-Dichloroethane | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
41. 1,2-Dichloroethane | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
42. 1,1-Dichloroethene | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
43. trans -1,2-Dichloroethene | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
44. 2,4-Dichlorophenol | GC | 604 | 6420 B-2021. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
45. 1,2-Dichloropropane | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 O-4436-16. 14 | ||
46. cis -1,3-Dichloropropene | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
47. trans -1,3-Dichloropropene | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
48. Diethyl phthalate | GC | 606. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
49. 2,4-Dimethylphenol | GC | 604 | 6420 B-2021. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
50. Dimethyl phthalate | GC | 606. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
51. Di- n -butyl phthalate | GC | 606. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
52. Di- n -octyl phthalate | GC | 606. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
53. 2, 4-Dinitrophenol | GC | 604 | 6420 B-2021 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | |
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020. | |||
54. 2,4-Dinitrotoluene | GC | 609. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
55. 2,6-Dinitrotoluene | GC | 609. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
56. Epichlorohydrin | GC | See footnote 3 p. 130. | |||
GC/MS | See footnote 6 p. S102. | ||||
57. Ethylbenzene | GC | 602 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
58. Fluoranthene | GC | 610. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
59. Fluorene | GC | 610. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
60. 1,2,3,4,6,7,8-Heptachloro-dibenzofuran | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
61. 1,2,3,4,7,8,9-Heptachloro-dibenzofuran | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
62. 1,2,3,4,6,7,8- Heptachloro-dibenzo- p -dioxin | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
63. Hexachlorobenzene | GC | 612. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
64. Hexachlorobutadiene | GC | 612. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27, O-4127-96. 13 | ||
65. Hexachlorocyclopentadiene | GC | 612. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1 5 , 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 , p. 27, O-4127-96. 13 | ||
66. 1,2,3,4,7,8-Hexachloro-dibenzofuran | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
67. 1,2,3,6,7,8-Hexachloro-dibenzofuran | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
68. 1,2,3,7,8,9-Hexachloro-dibenzofuran | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
69. 2,3,4,6,7,8-Hexachloro-dibenzofuran | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
70. 1,2,3,4,7,8-Hexachloro-dibenzo- p -dioxin | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
71. 1,2,3,6,7,8-Hexachloro-dibenzo- p -dioxin | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
72. 1,2,3,7,8,9-Hexachloro-dibenzo- p -dioxin | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
73. Hexachloroethane | GC | 612. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27, O-4127-96. 13 | ||
74. Indeno(1,2,3-c,d) pyrene | GC | 610. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
75. Isophorone | GC | 609. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
76. Methylene chloride | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020 | See footnote 3 p. 130. | |
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
77. 2-Methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol | GC | 604 | 6420 B-2021. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
78. Naphthalene | GC | 610. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021. | |||
79. Nitrobenzene | GC | 609. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | D4657-92 (98). | ||||
80. 2-Nitrophenol | GC | 604 | 6420 B-2021. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
81. 4-Nitrophenol | GC | 604 | 6420 B-2021. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
82. N-Nitrosodimethylamine | GC | 607. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1 5 , 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
83. N-Nitrosodi- n -propylamine | GC | 607. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1 5 , 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
84. N-Nitrosodiphenylamine | GC | 607. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1 5 , 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
85. Octachlorodibenzofuran | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
86. Octachlorodibenzo- p -dioxin | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
87. 2,2′-oxybis(1-chloropropane) 12 [also known as bis(2-Chloro-1-methylethyl) ether] | GC | 611. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
88. PCB-1016 | GC | 608.3 | See footnote 3 p. 43, see footnote. 8 | ||
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
89. PCB-1221 | GC | 608.3 | See footnote 3 p. 43, see footnote. 8 | ||
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
90. PCB-1232 | GC | 608.3 | See footnote 3 p. 43, see footnote. 8 | ||
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
91. PCB-1242 | GC | 608.3 | See footnote 3 p. 43, see footnote. 8 | ||
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
92. PCB-1248 | GC | 608.3 | See footnote 3 p. 43, see footnote. 8 | ||
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
93. PCB-1254 | GC | 608.3 | See footnote 3 p. 43, see footnote. 8 | ||
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
94. PCB-1260 | GC | 608.3 | See footnote 3 p. 43, see footnote. 8 | ||
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
95. 1,2,3,7,8-Pentachloro-dibenzofuran | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
96. 2,3,4,7,8-Pentachloro-dibenzofuran | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
97. 1,2,3,7,8-Pentachloro-dibenzo- p -dioxin | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
98. Pentachlorophenol | GC | 604 | 6420 B-2021 | See footnote 3 p. 140. | |
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
99. Phenanthrene | GC | 610. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
100. Phenol | GC | 604 | 6420 B-2021. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
101. Pyrene | GC | 610. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
HPLC | 610 | 6440 B-2021 | D4657-92 (98). | ||
102. 2,3,7,8-Tetrachloro-dibenzofuran | GC/MS | 1613B 10 | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
103. 2,3,7,8-Tetrachloro-dibenzo- p -dioxin | GC/MS | 613, 625.1 5 , 1613B | SGS AXYS 16130 15 , PAM 16130-SSI. 16 | ||
104. 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020 | See footnote 3 p. 130. | |
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96. 13 | ||
105. Tetrachloroethene | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020 | See footnote 3 p. 130. | |
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
106. Toluene | GC | 602 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
107. 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene | GC | 612 | See footnote 3 p. 130. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27, O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
108. 1,1,1-Trichloroethane | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
109. 1,1,2-Trichloroethane | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020 | See footnote 3 p. 130. | |
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
110. Trichloroethene | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
111. Trichlorofluoromethane | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1 | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96. 13 | ||
112. 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol | GC | 604 | 6420 B-2021. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1, 1625B | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 9 p. 27. | ||
113. Vinyl chloride | GC | 601 | 6200 C-2020. | ||
GC/MS | 624.1, 1624B | 6200 B-2020 | O-4127-96 13 , O-4436-16. 14 | ||
114. Nonylphenol | GC/MS | D7065-17. | |||
115. Bisphenol A (BPA) | GC/MS | D7065-17. | |||
116. p-tert -Octylphenol (OP) | GC/MS | D7065-17. | |||
117. Nonylphenol Monoethoxylate (NP1EO) | GC/MS | D7065-17. | |||
118. Nonylphenol Diethoxylate (NP2EO) | GC/MS | D7065-17. | |||
119. Adsorbable Organic Halides (AOX) | Adsorption and Coulometric Titration | 1650. 11 | |||
120. Chlorinated Phenolics | In Situ Acetylation and GC/MS | 1653. 11 | |||
Table IC notes: |
1 All parameters are expressed in micrograms per liter (µg/L) except for Method 1613B, in which the parameters are expressed in picograms per liter (pg/L). |
2 The full text of Methods 601-613, 1613B, 1624B, and 1625B are provided at appendix A, Test Procedures for Analysis of Organic Pollutants. The standardized test procedure to be used to determine the method detection limit (MDL) for these test procedures is given at appendix B of this part, Definition and Procedure for the Determination of the Method Detection Limit. These methods are available at: https://www.epa.gov/cwa-methods as individual PDF files. |
3 Methods for Benzidine: Chlorinated Organic Compounds, Pentachlorophenol and Pesticides in Water and Wastewater. September 1978. U.S. EPA. |
4 Method 624.1 may be used for quantitative determination of acrolein and acrylonitrile, provided that the laboratory has documentation to substantiate the ability to detect and quantify these analytes at levels necessary to comply with any associated regulations. In addition, the use of sample introduction techniques other than simple purge-and-trap may be required. QC acceptance criteria from Method 603 should be used when analyzing samples for acrolein and acrylonitrile in the absence of such criteria in Method 624.1. |
5 Method 625.1 may be extended to include benzidine, hexachlorocyclopentadiene, N-nitrosodimethylamine, N-nitrosodi- n -propylamine, and N-nitrosodiphenylamine. However, when they are known to be present, Methods 605, 607, and 612, or Method 1625B, are preferred methods for these compounds. Method 625.1 may be applied to 2,3,7,8-Tetrachloro-dibenzo-p -dioxin for screening purposes only. |
6 Selected Analytical Methods Approved and Cited by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, Supplement to the 15th Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 1981. American Public Health Association (APHA). |
7 Each analyst must make an initial, one-time demonstration of their ability to generate acceptable precision and accuracy with Methods 601-603, 1624B, and 1625B in accordance with procedures in Section 8.2 of each of these methods. Additionally, each laboratory, on an on-going basis must spike and analyze 10% (5% for Methods 624.1 and 625.1 and 100% for methods 1624B and 1625B) of all samples to monitor and evaluate laboratory data quality in accordance with Sections 8.3 and 8.4 of these methods. When the recovery of any parameter falls outside the quality control (QC) acceptance criteria in the pertinent method, analytical results for that parameter in the unspiked sample are suspect. The results should be reported but cannot be used to demonstrate regulatory compliance. If the method does not contain QC acceptance criteria, control limits of ±three standard deviations around the mean of a minimum of five replicate measurements must be used. These quality control requirements also apply to the Standard Methods, ASTM Methods, and other methods cited. |
8 Organochlorine Pesticides and PCBs in Wastewater Using EmporeTM Disk. Revised October 28, 1994. 3M Corporation. |
9 Method O-3116-87 is in Open File Report 93-125, Methods of Analysis by U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Inorganic and Organic Constituents in Water and Fluvial Sediments. 1993. USGS. |
10 Analysts may use Fluid Management Systems, Inc. Power-Prep system in place of manual cleanup provided the analyst meets the requirements of Method 1613B (as specified in Section 9 of the method) and permitting authorities. Method 1613, Revision B, Tetra- through Octa-Chlorinated Dioxins and Furans by Isotope Dilution HRGC/HRMS. Revision B, 1994. U.S. EPA. The full text of this method is provided in appendix A to this part and at https://www.epa.gov/cwa-methods/approved-cwa-test-methods-organic-compounds. |
11 Method 1650, Adsorbable Organic Halides by Adsorption and Coulometric Titration. Revision C, 1997 U.S. EPA. Method 1653, Chlorinated Phenolics in Wastewater by In Situ Acetylation and GCMS. Revision A, 1997 U.S. EPA. The full text for both of these methods is provided at appendix A in part 430 of this chapter, The Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard Point Source Category. |
12 The compound was formerly inaccurately labeled as 2,2′-oxybis(2-chloropropane) and bis(2-chloroisopropyl) ether. Some versions of Methods 611, and 1625 inaccurately list the analyte as “bis(2-chloroisopropyl) ether,” but use the correct CAS number of 108-60-1. |
13 Method O-4127-96, U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report 97-829, Methods of analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of 86 volatile organic compounds in water by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry, including detections less than reporting limits,1998, USGS. |
14 Method O-4436-16 U.S. Geological Survey Techniques and Methods, book 5, chap. B12, Determination of heat purgeable and ambient purgeable volatile organic compounds in water by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry, 2016, USGS. |
15 SGS AXYS Method 16130, “Determination of 2,3,7,8-Substituted Tetra- through Octa-Chlorinated Dibenzo-p -Dioxins and Dibenzofurans (CDDs/CDFs) Using Waters and Agilent Gas Chromatography-Tandem-Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS/MS), Revision 1.0” is available at: https://www.sgsaxys.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/SGS-AXYS-Method-16130-Rev-1.0.pdf. |
16 Pace Analytical Method PAM-16130-SSI, “Determination of 2,3,7,8-Substituted Tetra- through Octa-Chlorinated Dibenzo-p -Dioxins and Dibenzofurans (CDDs/CDFs) Using Shimadzu Gas Chromatography Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS/MS), Revision 1.1,” is available at: pacelabs.com. |
17 Please refer to the following applicable Quality Control Section: Part 6000 Individual Organic Compounds, 6020 (2019). The Quality Control Standards are available for download at standardmethods.org at no charge. |
Parameter | Method | EPA | Standard methods 15 | ASTM | Other |
1. Aldrin | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96 (02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 O-3104-83, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
2. Ametryn | GC | 507, 619 | See footnote 3 p. 83, see footnote 9 O-3106-93, see footnote 6 p. S68. | ||
GC/MS | 525.2, 625.1 | See footnote 14 O-1121-91. | |||
3. Aminocarb | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 94, see footnote 6 p. S60. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
4. Atraton | GC | 619 | See footnote 3 p. 83, see footnote 6 p. S68. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1. | ||||
5. Atrazine | GC | 507, 619, 608.3 | See footnote 3 p. 83, see footnote 6 p. S68, see footnote 9 O-3106-93. | ||
HPLC/MS | See footnote 12 O-2060-01. | ||||
GC/MS | 525.1, 525.2, 625.1 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | |||
6. Azinphos methyl | GC | 614, 622, 1657 | See footnote 3 p. 25, see footnote 6 p. S51. | ||
GC-MS | 625.1 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | |||
7. Barban | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 104, see footnote 6 p. S64. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
GC/MS | 625.1. | ||||
8. α-BHC | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 5 | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | ||
9. β-BHC | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
10. δ-BHC | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
11. γ-BHC (Lindane) | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 , O-3104-83, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 5 | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 11 , O-1126-95. | ||
12. Captan | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7. |
13. Carbaryl | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 94, see footnote 6 p. S60. | |||
HPLC | 531.1, 632. | ||||
HPLC/MS | 553 | See footnote 12 O-2060-01. | |||
GC/MS | 625.1 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | |||
14. Carbophenothion | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 | See footnote 4 page 27, see footnote 6 p. S73. | |
GC/MS | 625.1. | ||||
15. Chlordane | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 O-3104-83, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
16. Chloropropham | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 104, see footnote 6 p. S64. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
GC/MS | 625.1. | ||||
17. 2,4-D | GC | 615 | 6640 B-2021 | See footnote 3 p. 115, see footnote 4 O-3105-83. | |
HPLC/MS | See footnote 12 O-2060-01. | ||||
18. 4,4′-DDD | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 O-3105-83, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
19. 4,4′-DDE | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 , O-3104-83, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | ||
20. 4,4′-DDT | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 O-3104-83, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
21. Demeton-O | GC | 614, 622 | See footnote 3 p. 25, see footnote 6 p. S51. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1 | ||||
22. Demeton-S. | GC | 614, 622 | See footnote 3 p. 25, see footnote 6 p. S51. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1. | ||||
23. Diazinon | GC | 507, 614, 622, 1657 | See footnote 3 p. 25, see footnote 4 O-3104-83, see footnote 6 p. S51. | ||
GC/MS | 525.2, 625.1 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | |||
24. Dicamba | GC | 615 | See footnote 3 p. 115. | ||
HPLC/MS | See footnote 12 O-2060-01. | ||||
25. Dichlofenthion | GC | 622.1 | See footnote 4 page 27, see footnote 6 p. S73. | ||
26. Dichloran | GC | 608.2, 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 | See footnote 3 p. 7. | |
27. Dicofol | GC | 617, 608.3 | See footnote 4 O-3104-83. | ||
28. Dieldrin | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 O-3104-83, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | ||
29. Dioxathion | GC | 614.1, 1657 | See footnote 4 page 27, see footnote 6 p. S73. | ||
30. Disulfoton | GC | 507, 614, 622, 1657 | See footnote 3 p. 25, see footnote 6 p. S51. | ||
GC/MS | 525.2, 625.1 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | |||
31. Diuron | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 104, see footnote 6 p. S64. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
HPLC/MS | 553 | See footnote 12 O-2060-01. | |||
32. Endosulfan I | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 O-3104-83, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 5 | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 13 O-2002-01. | ||
33. Endosulfan II | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 5 | 6410 B-2020 | See footnote 13 O-2002-01. | ||
34. Endosulfan Sulfate | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 C-2021 | See footnote 8 3M0222. | |
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
35. Endrin | GC | 505, 508, 617, 1656, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 O-3104-83, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 525.1, 525.2, 625.1 5 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
36. Endrin aldehyde | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 C-2021 | See footnote 8 3M0222. | |
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
37. Ethion | GC | 614, 614.1, 1657 | See footnote 4 page 27, see footnote 6 , p. S73. | ||
GC/MS | 625.1 | See footnote 13 O-2002-01. | |||
38. Fenuron | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 104, see footnote 6 p. S64. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
HPLC/MS | See footnote 12 O-2060-01. | ||||
39. Fenuron-TCA | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 104, see footnote 6 p. S64. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
40. Heptachlor | GC | 505, 508, 617, 1656, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 O-3104-83, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 525.1, 525.2, 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
41. Heptachlor epoxide | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 O-3104-83, see footnote 6 p. S73, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
42. Isodrin | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | See footnote 4 O-3104-83, see footnote 6 p. S73. | |
GC/MS | 625.1. | ||||
43. Linuron | GC | See footnote 3 p. 104, see footnote 6 p. S64. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
HPLC/MS | 553 | See footnote 12 O-2060-01. | |||
GC/MS | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | ||||
44. Malathion | GC | 614, 1657 | 6630 B-2021 | See footnote 3 p. 25, see footnote 6 p. S51. | |
GC/MS | 625.1 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | |||
45. Methiocarb | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 94, see footnote 6 p. S60. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
HPLC/MS | See footnote 12 O-2060-01. | ||||
46. Methoxychlor | GC | 505, 508, 608.2, 617, 1656, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 O-3104-83, see footnote 8 3M0222. |
GC/MS | 525.1, 525.2, 625.1 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | |||
47. Mexacarbate | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 94, see footnote 6 p. S60. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
GC/MS | 625.1. | ||||
48. Mirex | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 4 O-3104-83. |
GC/MS | 625.1. | ||||
49. Monuron | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 104, see footnote 6 p. S64. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
50. Monuron-TCA | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 104, see footnote 6 p. S64. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
51. Neburon | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 104, see footnote 6 p. S64. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
HPLC/MS | See footnote 12 O-2060-01. | ||||
52. Parathion methyl | GC | 614, 622, 1657 | 6630 B-2021 | See footnote 4 page 27, see footnote 3 p. 25. | |
GC/MS | 625.1 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | |||
53. Parathion ethyl | GC | 614 | 6630 B-2021 | See footnote 4 page 27, see footnote 3 p. 25. | |
GC/MS | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | ||||
54. PCNB | GC | 608.1, 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90 , D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7. |
55. Perthane | GC | 617, 608.3 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 4 O-3104-83. | |
56. Prometon | GC | 507, 619 | See footnote 3 p. 83, see footnote 6 p. S68, see footnote 9 O-3106-93. | ||
GC/MS | 525.2, 625.1 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | |||
57. Prometryn | GC | 507, 619 | See footnote 3 p. 83, see footnote 6 p. S68, see footnote 9 O-3106-93. | ||
GC/MS | 525.1, 525.2, 625.1 | See footnote 13 O-2002-01. | |||
58. Propazine | GC | 507, 619, 1656, 608.3 | See footnote 3 p. 83, see footnote 6 p. S68, see footnote 9 O-3106-93. | ||
GC/MS | 525.1, 525.2, 625.1 | ||||
59. Propham | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 10, see footnote 6 p. S64. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
HPLC/MS | See footnote 12 O-2060-01. | ||||
60. Propoxur | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 94, see footnote 6 , p. S60. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
61. Secbumeton | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 83, see footnote 6 p. S68. | |||
GC | 619. | ||||
62. Siduron | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 104, see footnote 6 p. S64. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
HPLC/MS | See footnote 12 O-2060-01. | ||||
63. Simazine | GC | 505, 507, 619, 1656, 608.3 | See footnote 3 p. 83, see footnote 6 p. S68, see footnote 9 O-3106-93. | ||
GC/MS | 525.1, 525.2, 625.1 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. | |||
64. Strobane | GC | 617, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | See footnote 3 p. 7. | |
65. Swep | TLC | See footnote 3 p. 104, see footnote 6 p. S64. | |||
HPLC | 632. | ||||
66. 2,4,5-T | GC | 615 | 6640 B-2021 | See footnote 3 p. 115, see footnote 4 O-3105-83. | |
67. 2,4,5-TP (Silvex) | GC | 615 | 6640 B-2021 | See footnote 3 p. 115, see footnote 4 O-3105-83. | |
68. Terbuthylazine | GC | 619, 1656, 608.3 | See footnote 3 p. 83, see footnote 6 p. S68. | ||
GC/MS | See footnote 13 O-2002-01. | ||||
69. Toxaphene | GC | 505, 508, 617, 1656, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 & C-2021 | D3086-90, D5812-96(02) | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 8 , see footnote 4 O-3105-83. |
GC/MS | 525.1, 525.2, 625.1 | 6410 B-2020. | |||
70. Trifluralin | GC | 508, 617, 627, 1656, 608.3 | 6630 B-2021 | See footnote 3 p. 7, see footnote 9 O-3106-93. | |
GC/MS | 525.2, 625.1 | See footnote 11 O-1126-95. |
Table ID notes: |
1 Pesticides are listed in this table by common name for the convenience of the reader. Additional pesticides may be found under table IC of this section, where entries are listed by chemical name. |
2 The standardized test procedure to be used to determine the method detection limit (MDL) for these test procedures is given at appendix B to this part, Definition and Procedure for the Determination of the Method Detection Limit. |
3 Methods for Benzidine, Chlorinated Organic Compounds, Pentachlorophenol and Pesticides in Water and Wastewater. September 1978. U.S. EPA. This EPA publication includes thin-layer chromatography (TLC) methods. |
4 Methods for the Determination of Organic Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments, Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 5, Chapter A3. 1987. USGS. |
5 The method may be extended to include α-BHC, γ-BHC, endosulfan I, endosulfan II, and endrin. However, when they are known to exist, Method 608 is the preferred method. |
6 Selected Analytical Methods Approved and Cited by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, Supplement to the 15th Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 1981. American Public Health Association (APHA). |
7 Each analyst must make an initial, one-time, demonstration of their ability to generate acceptable precision and accuracy with Methods 608.3 and 625.1 in accordance with procedures given in Section 8.2 of each of these methods. Additionally, each laboratory, on an on-going basis, must spike and analyze 10% of all samples analyzed with Method 608.3 or 5% of all samples analyzed with Method 625.1 to monitor and evaluate laboratory data quality in accordance with Sections 8.3 and 8.4 of these methods. When the recovery of any parameter falls outside the warning limits, the analytical results for that parameter in the unspiked sample are suspect. The results should be reported, but cannot be used to demonstrate regulatory compliance. These quality control requirements also apply to the Standard Methods, ASTM Methods, and other methods cited. |
8 Organochlorine Pesticides and PCBs in Wastewater Using EmporeTM Disk. Revised October 28, 1994. 3M Corporation. |
9 Method O-3106-93 is in Open File Report 94-37, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Triazine and Other Nitrogen-Containing Compounds by Gas Chromatography with Nitrogen Phosphorus Detectors. 1994. USGS. |
10 EPA Methods 608.1, 608.2, 614, 614.1, 615, 617, 619, 622, 622.1, 627, and 632 are found in Methods for the Determination of Nonconventional Pesticides in Municipal and Industrial Wastewater, EPA 821-R-92-002, April 1992, U.S. EPA. EPA Methods 505, 507, 508, 525.1, 531.1 and 553 are in Methods for the Determination of Nonconventional Pesticides in Municipal and Industrial Wastewater, Volume II, EPA 821-R-93-010B, 1993, U.S. EPA. EPA Method 525.2 is in Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water by Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry, Revision 2.0, 1995, U.S. EPA. EPA methods 1656 and 1657 are in Methods for The Determination of Nonconventional Pesticides In Municipal and Industrial Wastewater, Volume I, EPA 821-R-93-010A, 1993, U.S. EPA. Methods 608.3 and 625.1 are available at: cwa-methods/approved-cwa-test-methods-organic-compounds. |
11 Method O-1126-95 is in Open-File Report 95-181, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of pesticides in water by C-18 solid-phase extraction and capillary-column gas chromatography/mass spectrometry with selected-ion monitoring. 1995. USGS. |
12 Method O-2060-01 is in Water-Resources Investigations Report 01-4134, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Pesticides in Water by Graphitized Carbon-Based Solid-Phase Extraction and High-Performance Liquid Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. 2001. USGS. |
13 Method O-2002-01 is in Water-Resources Investigations Report 01-4098, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of moderate-use pesticides in water by C-18 solid-phase extraction and capillary-column gas chromatography/mass spectrometry. 2001. USGS. |
14 Method O-1121-91 is in Open-File Report 91-519, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of organonitrogen herbicides in water by solid-phase extraction and capillary-column gas chromatography/mass spectrometry with selected-ion monitoring. 1992. USGS. |
15 Please refer to the following applicable Quality Control Section: Part 6000 Methods, Individual Organic Compounds 6020 (2019). These Quality Control Standards are available for download at www.standardmethods.org at no charge. |
* * * * *
Parameter and units | Method 1 | EPA | Standard methods | AOAC, ASTM, USGS | Other |
Bacteria | |||||
1. Coliform (fecal), number per 100 mL | Most Probable Number (MPN), 5 tube, 3 dilution, or | p. 132 3 | 9221 E-2014, 9221 F-2014. 32 | ||
Membrane filter (MF) 2 , single step | p. 124 3 | 9222 D-2015 26 | B-0050-85. 4 | ||
2. Coliform (total), number per 100 mL | MPN, 5 tube, 3 dilution, or | p. 114 3 | 9221 B-2014. | ||
MF 2 , single step or | p. 108 3 | 9222 B-2015 27 | B-0025-85. 4 | ||
MF 2 , two step with enrichment | p. 111 3 | 9222 B-2015. 27 | |||
3. E. coli, number per 100 mL | MPN 5713 , multiple tube, or | 9221 B.3-2014/9221 F-2014. 101232 | |||
Multiple tube/multiple well, or | 9223 B-2016 11 | 991.15 9 | Colilert® 1115 , Colilert-18®. 111415 | ||
MF 2567 , two step, or | 1103.2 18 | 9222 B-2015/9222 I-2015 17 , 9213 D-2007 | D5392-93. 8 | ||
Single step | 1603.1 19 , 1604 20 | m-ColiBlue24® 16 , KwikCount EC. 2829 | |||
4. Fecal streptococci, number per 100 mL | MPN, 5 tube, 3 dilution, or | p. 139 3 | 9230 B-2013. | ||
MF 2 , or | p. 136 3 | 9230 C-2013 30 | B-0055-85. 4 | ||
Plate count | p. 143. 3 | ||||
5. Enterococci, number per 100 mL | MPN 57 , multiple tube/multiple well, or | 9230 D-2013 | D6503-99 8 | Enterolert®. 1121 | |
MF 2567 two step, or | 1106.2 22 | 9230 C-2013 30 | D5259-92. 8 | ||
Single step, or | 1600.1 23 | 9230 C-2013. 30 | |||
Plate count | p. 143. 3 | ||||
Protozoa | |||||
6. Cryptosporidium | Filtration/IMS/FA | 1622 24 , 1623 25 , 1623.1. 2531 | |||
7. Giardia | Filtration/IMS/FA | 1623 25 , 1623.1. 2531 | |||
Table 1H notes: |
1 The method must be specified when results are reported. |
2 A 0.45-µm membrane filter (MF) or other pore size certified by the manufacturer to fully retain organisms to be cultivated and to be free of extractables which could interfere with their growth. |
3 Microbiological Methods for Monitoring the Environment, Water and Wastes. EPA/600/8-78/017. 1978. US EPA. |
4 U.S. Geological Survey Techniques of Water-Resource Investigations, Book 5, Laboratory Analysis, Chapter A4, Methods for Collection and Analysis of Aquatic Biological and Microbiological Samples. 1989. USGS. |
5 Tests must be conducted to provide organism enumeration (density). Select the appropriate configuration of tubes/filtrations and dilutions/volumes to account for the quality, character, consistency, and anticipated organism density of the water sample. |
6 When the MF method has not been used previously to test waters with high turbidity, large numbers of noncoliform bacteria, or samples that may contain organisms stressed by chlorine, a parallel test should be conducted with a multiple-tube technique to demonstrate applicability and comparability of results. |
7 To assess the comparability of results obtained with individual methods, it is suggested that side-by-side tests be conducted across seasons of the year with the water samples routinely tested in accordance with the most current Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater or EPA alternate test procedure (ATP) guidelines. |
8 Annual Book of ASTM Standards—Water and Environmental Technology. Section 11.02. 2000, 1999, 1996. ASTM International. |
9 Official Methods of Analysis of AOAC International, 16th Edition, Volume I, Chapter 17. 1995. AOAC International. |
10 The multiple-tube fermentation test is used in 9221B.3-2014. Lactose broth may be used in lieu of lauryl tryptose broth (LTB), if at least 25 parallel tests are conducted between this broth and LTB using the water samples normally tested, and this comparison demonstrates that the false-positive rate and false-negative rate for total coliform using lactose broth is less than 10 percent. No requirement exists to run the completed phase on 10 percent of all total coliform-positive tubes on a seasonal basis. |
11 These tests are collectively known as defined enzyme substrate tests. |
12 After prior enrichment in a presumptive medium for total coliform using 9221B.3-2014, all presumptive tubes or bottles showing any amount of gas, growth or acidity within 48 h ± 3 h of incubation shall be submitted to 9221F-2014. Commercially available EC-MUG media or EC media supplemented in the laboratory with 50 µg/mL of MUG may be used. |
13 Samples shall be enumerated by the multiple-tube or multiple-well procedure. Using multiple-tube procedures, employ an appropriate tube and dilution configuration of the sample as needed and report the Most Probable Number (MPN). Samples tested with Colilert® may be enumerated with the multiple-well procedures, Quanti-Tray® or Quanti-Tray®/2000, and the MPN calculated from the table provided by the manufacturer. |
14 Colilert-18® is an optimized formulation of the Colilert® for the determination of total coliforms and E. coli that provides results within 18 h of incubation at 35 °C, rather than the 24 h required for the Colilert® test and is recommended for marine water samples. |
15 Descriptions of the Colilert®, Colilert-18®, Quanti-Tray ®, and Quanti-Tray®/2000 may be obtained from IDEXX Laboratories Inc. |
16 A description of the mColiBlue24® test may be obtained from Hach Company. |
17 Subject coliform positive samples determined by 9222B-2015 or other membrane filter procedure to 9222I-2015 using NA-MUG media. |
18 Method 1103.2: Escherichia coli ( E. coli) in Water by Membrane Filtration Using membrane-Thermotolerant Escherichia coli Agar (mTEC), EPA-821-R-23-009. September 2023. US EPA. |
19 Method 1603.1: Escherichia coli ( E. coli) in Water by Membrane Filtration Using Modified membrane-Thermotolerant Escherichia coli Agar (Modified mTEC), EPA-821-R-23-008. September 2023 . US EPA. |
20 Method 1604: Total Coliforms and Escherichia coli ( E. coli) in Water by Membrane Filtration by Using a Simultaneous Detection Technique (MI Medium), EPA 821-R-02-024. September 2002. US EPA. |
21 A description of the Enterolert® test may be obtained from IDEXX Laboratories Inc. |
22 Method 1106.2: Enterococci in Water by Membrane Filtration Using membrane- Enterococcus -Esculin Iron Agar (mE-EIA), EPA-821-R-23-007. September 2023. US EPA. |
23 Method 1600.1: Enterococci in Water by Membrane Filtration Using membrane- Enterococcus Indoxyl-β-D-Glucoside Agar (mEI), EPA-821-R-21-006. September 2023. US EPA. |
24 Method 1622 uses a filtration, concentration, immunomagnetic separation of oocysts from captured material, immunofluorescence assay to determine concentrations, and confirmation through vital dye staining and differential interference contrast microscopy for the detection of Cryptosporidium. Method 1622: Cryptosporidium in Water by Filtration/IMS/FA, EPA-821-R-05-001. December 2005. US EPA. |
25 Methods 1623 and 1623.1 use a filtration, concentration, immunomagnetic separation of oocysts and cysts from captured material, immunofluorescence assay to determine concentrations, and confirmation through vital dye staining and differential interference contrast microscopy for the simultaneous detection of Cryptosporidium and Giardia oocysts and cysts. Method 1623: Cryptosporidium and Giardia in Water by Filtration/IMS/FA. EPA-821-R-05-002. December 2005. US EPA. Method 1623.1: Cryptosporidium and Giardia in Water by Filtration/IMS/FA. EPA 816-R-12-001. January 2012. US EPA. |
26 On a monthly basis, at least ten blue colonies from positive samples must be verified using Lauryl Tryptose Broth and EC broth, followed by count adjustment based on these results; and representative non-blue colonies should be verified using Lauryl Tryptose Broth. Where possible, verifications should be done from randomized sample sources. |
27 On a monthly basis, at least ten sheen colonies from positive samples must be verified using Lauryl Tryptose Broth and brilliant green lactose bile broth, followed by count adjustment based on these results; and representative non-sheen colonies should be verified using Lauryl Tryptose Broth. Where possible, verifications should be done from randomized sample sources. |
28 A description of KwikCount EC may be obtained from Roth Bioscience, LLC. |
29 Approved for the analyses of E. coli in freshwater only. |
30 Verification of colonies by incubation of BHI agar at 10 ± 0.5 °C for 48 ± 3 h is optional. As per the Errata to the 23rd Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater “Growth on a BHI agar plate incubated at 10 ± 0.5 °C for 48 ± 3 h is further verification that the colony belongs to the genus Enterococcus.” |
31 Method 1623.1 includes updated acceptance criteria for IPR, OPR, and MS/MSD and clarifications and revisions based on the use of Method 1623 for years and technical support questions. |
32 9221 F.2-2014 allows for simultaneous detection of E. coli and thermotolerant fecal coliforms by adding inverted vials to EC-MUG; the inverted vials collect gas produced by thermotolerant fecal coliforms. |
* * * *
(b) The material listed in this paragraph (b) is incorporated by reference into this section with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved incorporation by reference (IBR) material is available for inspection at the EPA and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Contact the EPA at: EPA's Water Docket, EPA West, 1301 Constitution Avenue NW, Room 3334, Washington, DC 20004; telephone: 202-566-2426; email: docket-customerservice@epa.gov. For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations or email fr.inspection@nara.gov. The material may be obtained from the following sources in this paragraph (b).
(1) Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati OH (US EPA). Available athttp://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm or from: National Technical Information Service, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161
(i) Microbiological Methods for Monitoring the Environment, Water, and Wastes. 1978. EPA/600/8-78/017, Pub. No. PB-290329/A.S.
(A) Part III Analytical Methodology, Section B Total Coliform Methods, page 108. Table IA, Note 3; Table IH, Note 3.
(B) Part III Analytical Methodology, Section B Total Coliform Methods, 2.6.2 Two-Step Enrichment Procedure, page 111. Table IA, Note 3; Table IH, Note 3.
(C) Part III Analytical Methodology, Section B Total Coliform Methods, 4 Most Probable Number (MPN) Method, page 114. Table IA, Note 3; Table IH, Note 3.
(D) Part III Analytical Methodology, Section C Fecal Coliform Methods, 2 Direct Membrane Filter (MF) Method, page 124. Table IA, Note 3; Table IH, Note 3.
(E) Part III, Analytical Methodology, Section C Fecal Coliform Methods, 5 Most Probable Number (MPN) Method, page 132. Table IA, Note 3; Table IH, Note 3.
(F) Part III Analytical Methodology, Section D Fecal Streptococci, 2 Membrane Filter (MF) Method, page 136. Table IA, Note 3; Table IH, Note 3.
(G) Part III Analytical Methodology, Section D Fecal Streptococci, 4 Most Probable Number Method, page 139. Table IA, Note 3; Table IH, Note 3.
(H) Part III Analytical Methodology, Section D Fecal Streptococci, 5 Pour Plate Method, page 143. Table IA, Note 3; Table IH, Note 3.
(ii) [Reserved]
(2) Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati OH (US EPA). Available athttp://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm.
(3) National Exposure Risk Laboratory-Cincinnati, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati OH (US EPA). Available from http://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm or from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161. Telephone: 800-553-6847.
(i) Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental Samples. August 1993. EPA/600/R-93/100, Pub. No. PB 94120821. Table IB, Note 52.
(A) Method 180.1, Determination of Turbidity by Nephelometry. Revision 2.0. Table IB, Note 52.
(B) Method 300.0, Determination of Inorganic Anions by Ion Chromatography. Revision 2.1. Table IB, Note 52.
(C) Method 335.4, Determination of Total Cyanide by Semi-Automated Colorimetry. Revision 1.0. Table IB, Notes 52 and 57.
(D) Method 350.1, Determination of Ammonium Nitrogen by Semi-Automated Colorimetry. Revision 2.0. Table IB, Notes 30 and 52.
(E) Method 351.2, Determination of Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen by Semi-Automated Colorimetry. Revision 2.0. Table IB, Note 52.
(F) Method 353.2, Determination of Nitrate-Nitrite Automated Colorimetry. Revision 2.0. Table IB, Note 52.
(G) Method 365.1, Determination of Phosphorus by Automated Colorimetry. Revision 2.0. Table IB, Note 52.
(H) Method 375.2, Determination of Sulfate by Automated Colorimetry. Revision 2.0. Table IB, Note 52.
(I) Method 410.4, Determination of Chemical Oxygen Demand by Semi-Automated Colorimetry. Revision 2.0. Table IB, Note 52.
(ii) Methods for the Determination of Metals in Environmental Samples, Supplement I. May 1994. EPA/600/R-94/111, Pub. No. PB 95125472. Table IB, Note 52.
(A) Method 200.7, Determination of Metals and Trace Elements in Water and Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry. Revision 4.4. Table IB, Note 52.
(B) Method 200.8, Determination of Trace Elements in Water and Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry. Revision 5.3. Table IB, Note 52.
(C) Method 200.9, Determination of Trace Elements by Stabilized Temperature Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry. Revision 2.2. Table IB, Note 52.
(D) Method 218.6, Determination of Dissolved Hexavalent Chromium in Drinking Water, Groundwater, and Industrial Wastewater Effluents by Ion Chromatography. Revision 3.3. Table IB, Note 52.
(E) Method 245.1, Determination of Mercury in Water by Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption Spectrometry. Revision 3.0. Table IB, Note 52.
(4) National Exposure Risk Laboratory-Cincinnati, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati OH (US EPA). Available at http://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm.
(i) EPA Method 200.5, Determination of Trace Elements in Drinking Water by Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry. Revision 4.2, October 2003. EPA/600/R-06/115. Table IB, Note 68.
(ii) EPA Method 525.2, Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water by Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. Revision 2.0, 1995. Table ID, Note 10.
(5) Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati OH. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati OH (US EPA). Available at http://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm or from ORD Publications, CERI, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati OH 45268.
(i) Methods for Benzidine, Chlorinated Organic Compounds, Pentachlorophenol, and Pesticides in Water and Wastewater. 1978. Table IC, Note 3; Table ID, Note 3.
(ii) Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. March 1979. EPA-600/4-79-020. Table IB, Note 1.
(iii) Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. Revised March 1983. EPA-600/4-79-020. Table IB, Note 1.
(A) Method 120.1, Conductance, Specific Conductance, μmhos at 25°C. Revision 1982. Table IB, Note 1.
(B) Method 130.1, Hardness, Total (mg/L as CaCO3), Colorimetric, Automated EDTA. Issued 1971. Table IB, Note 1.
(C) Method 150.2, pH, Continuous Monitoring (Electrometric). December 1982. Table IB, Note 1.
(D) Method 160.4, Residue, Volatile, Gravimetric, Ignition at 550°C. Issued 1971. Table IB, Note 1.
(E) Method 206.5, Arsenic, Sample Digestion Prior to Total Arsenic Analysis by Silver Diethyldithiocarbamate or Hydride Procedures. Issued 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(F) Method 231.2, Gold, Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. Issued 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(G) Method 245.2, Mercury, Automated Cold Vapor Technique. Issued 1974. Table IB, Note 1.
(H) Method 252.2, Osmium, Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. Issued 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(I) Method 253.2, Palladium, Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. Issued 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(J) Method 255.2, Platinum, Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. Issued 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(K) Method 265.2, Rhodium, Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. Issued 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(L) Method 279.2, Thallium, Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. Issued 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(M) Method 283.2, Titanium, Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. Issued 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(N) Method 289.2, Zinc, Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. Issued 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(O) Method 310.2, Alkalinity, Colorimetric, Automated, Methyl Orange. Revision 1974. Table IB, Note 1.
(P) Method 351.1, Nitrogen, Kjeldahl, Total, Colorimetric, Automated Phenate. Revision 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(Q) Method 352.1, Nitrogen, Nitrate, Colorimetric, Brucine. Issued 1971. Table IB, Note 1.
(R) Method 365.3, Phosphorus, All Forms, Colorimetric, Ascorbic Acid, Two Reagent. Issued 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(S) Method 365.4, Phosphorus, Total, Colorimetric, Automated, Block Digestor AA II. Issued 1974. Table IB, Note 1.
(T) Method 410.3, Chemical Oxygen Demand, Titrimetric, High Level for Saline Waters. Revision 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(U) Method 420.1, Phenolics, Total Recoverable, Spectrophotometric, Manual 4-AAP With Distillation. Revision 1978. Table IB, Note 1.
(iv) Prescribed Procedures for Measurement of Radioactivity in Drinking Water. 1980. EPA-600/4-80-032. Table IE.
(A) Method 900.0, Gross Alpha and Gross Beta Radioactivity. Table IE.
(B) Method 903.0, Alpha-Emitting iRadio Isotopes. Table IE.
(C) Method 903.1, Radium-226, Radon Emanation Technique. Table IE.
(D) Appendix B, Error and Statistical Calculations. Table IE.
(6) Office of Science and Technology, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington DC (US EPA). Available athttp://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm.
(i) Method 1625C, Semivolatile Organic Compounds by Isotope Dilution GCMS. 1989. Table IF.
(ii) [Reserved]
(7) Office of Water, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington DC (US EPA). Available at http://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm or from National Technical Information Service, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161.
(i) Method 1631, Mercury in Water by Oxidation, Purge and Trap, and Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry. Revision E, August 2002. EPA-821-R-02-019, Pub. No. PB2002-108220. Table IB, Note 43.
(ii) Kelada-01, Kelada Automated Test Methods for Total Cyanide, Acid Dissociable Cyanide, and Thiocyanate. Revision 1.2, August 2001. EPA 821-B-01-009, Pub. No. PB 2001-108275. Table IB, Note 55.
(iii) In the compendium Analytical Methods for the Determination of Pollutants in Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Industry Wastewaters. July 1998. EPA 821-B-98-016, Pub. No. PB95201679. Table IF, Note 1.
(A) EPA Method 1666, Volatile Organic Compounds Specific to the Pharmaceutical Industry by Isotope Dilution GC/MS. Table IF, Note 1.
(B) EPA Method 1667, Formaldehyde, Isobutyraldehyde, and Furfural by Derivatization Followed by High Performance Liquid Chromatography. Table IF.
(C) Method 1671, Volatile Organic Compounds Specific to the Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Industry by GC/FID. Table IF.
(iv) Methods For The Determination of Nonconventional Pesticides In Municipal and Industrial Wastewater, Volume I. Revision I, August 1993. EPA 821-R-93-010A, Pub. No. PB 94121654. Tables ID, IG.
(A) Method 608.1, Organochlorine Pesticides. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(B) Method 608.2, Certain Organochlorine Pesticides. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(C) Method 614, Organophosphorus Pesticides. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(D) Method 614.1, Organophosphorus Pesticides. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(E) Method 615, Chlorinated Herbicides. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(F) Method 617, Organohalide Pesticides and PCBs. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(G) Method 619, Triazine Pesticides. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(H) Method 622, Organophosphorus Pesticides. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(I) Method 622.1, Thiophosphate Pesticides. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(J) Method 627, Dinitroaniline Pesticides. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Notes 1 and 3.
(K) Method 629, Cyanazine. Table IG, Note 3.
(L) Method 630, Dithiocarbamate Pesticides. Table IG, Note 3.
(M) Method 630.1, Dithiocarbamate Pesticides. Table IG, Note 3.
(N) Method 631, Benomyl and Carbendazim. Table IG, Note 3.
(O) Method 632, Carbamate and Urea Pesticides. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(P) Method 632.1, Carbamate and Amide Pesticides. Table IG, Note 3.
(Q) Method 633, Organonitrogen Pesticides. Table IG, Note 3.
(R) Method 633.1, Neutral Nitrogen-Containing Pesticides. Table IG, Note 3.
(S) Method 637, MBTS and TCMTB. Table IG, Note 3.
(T) Method 644, Picloram. Table IG, Note 3.
(U) Method 645, Certain Amine Pesticides and Lethane. Table IG, Note 3.
(V) Method 1656, Organohalide Pesticides. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Notes 1 and 3.
(W) Method 1657, Organophosphorus Pesticides. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(X) Method 1658, Phenoxy-Acid Herbicides. Table IG, Note 3.
(Y) Method 1659, Dazomet. Table IG, Note 3.
(Z) Method 1660, Pyrethrins and Pyrethroids. Table IG, Note 3.
(AA) Method 1661, Bromoxynil. Table IG, Note 3.
(BB) Ind-01. Methods EV-024 and EV-025, Analytical Procedures for Determining Total Tin and Triorganotin in Wastewater. Table IG, Note 3.
(v) Methods For The Determination of Nonconventional Pesticides In Municipal and Industrial Wastewater, Volume II. August 1993. EPA 821-R-93-010B, Pub. No. PB 94166311. Table IG.
(A) Method 200.9, Determination of Trace Elements by Stabilized Temperature Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry. Table IG, Note 3.
(B) Method 505, Analysis of Organohalide Pesticides and Commercial Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) Products in Water by Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(C) Method 507, The Determination of Nitrogen- and Phosphorus-Containing Pesticides in Water by Gas Chromatography with a Nitrogen-Phosphorus Detector. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(D) Method 508, Determination of Chlorinated Pesticides in Water by Gas Chromatography with an Electron Capture Detector. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(E) Method 515.1, Determination of Chlorinated Acids in Water by Gas Chromatography with an Electron Capture Detector. Table IG, Notes 2 and 3.
(F) Method 515.2, Determination of Chlorinated Acids in Water Using Liquid-Solid Extraction and Gas Chromatography with an Electron Capture Detector. Table IG, Notes 2 and 3.
(G) Method 525.1, Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water by Liquids-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(H) Method 531.1, Measurement of N-Methylcarbamoyloximes and N-Methylcarbamates in Water by Direct Aqueous Injection HPLC with Post-Column Derivatization. Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(I) Method 547, Determination of Glyphosate in Drinking Water by Direct-Aqueous-Injection HPLC, Post-Column Derivatization, and Fluorescence Detection. Table IG, Note 3.
(J) Method 548, Determination of Endothall in Drinking Water by Aqueous Derivatization, Liquid-Solid Extraction, and Gas Chromatography with Electron-Capture Detector. Table IG, Note 3.
(K) Method 548.1, Determination of Endothall in Drinking Water by Ion-Exchange Extraction, Acidic Methanol Methylation and Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. Table IG, Note 3.
(L) Method 553, Determination of Benzidines and Nitrogen-Containing Pesticides in Water by Liquid-Liquid Extraction or Liquid-Solid Extraction and Reverse Phase High Performance Liquid Chromatography/Particle Beam/Mass Spectrometry Table ID, Note 10; Table IG, Note 3.
(M) Method 555, Determination of Chlorinated Acids in Water by High Performance Liquid Chromatography With a Photodiode Array Ultraviolet Detector. Table IG, Note 3.
(vi) In the compendium Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water. Revised July 1991, December 1998. EPA-600/4-88-039, Pub. No. PB92-207703. Table IF.
(A) EPA Method 502.2, Volatile Organic Compounds in Water by Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography with Photoionization and Electrolytic Conductivity Detectors in Series. Table IF.
(B) [Reserved]
(vii) In the compendium Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water-Supplement II. August 1992. EPA-600/R-92-129, Pub. No. PB92-207703. Table IF.
(A) EPA Method 524.2, Measurement of Purgeable Organic Compounds in Water by Capillary Column Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. Table IF.
(B) [Reserved]
(viii) Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater and Marine Organisms, Fifth Edition. October 2002. EPA 821-R-02-012, Pub. No. PB2002-108488. Table IA, Note 26.
(ix) Short-Term Methods for Measuring the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater Organisms, Fourth Edition. October 2002. EPA 821-R-02-013, Pub. No. PB2002-108489. Table IA, Note 27.
(x) Short-Term Methods for Measuring the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Marine and Estuarine Organisms, Third Edition. October 2002. EPA 821-R-02-014, Pub. No. PB2002-108490. Table IA, Note 28.
(8) Office of Water, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), mail code 4303T, 1301 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20460; website: www.epa.gov/cwa-methods.
(i) Method 245.7, Mercury in Water by Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry. Revision 2.0, February 2005. EPA-821-R-05-001. Table IB, Note 17.
(ii) Method 1103.2: Escherichia coli (E. coli) in Water by Membrane Filtration Using membrane-Thermotolerant Escherichia coli Agar (mTEC), EPA-821-R-23-009. September 2023. Table IH, Note 18.
(iii) Method 1106.2: Enterococci in Water by Membrane Filtration Using membrane- Enterococcus -Esculin Iron Agar (mE-EIA), EPA-821-R-23-007. September 2023. Table IH, Note 22.
(iv) Method 1600.1: Enterococci in Water by Membrane Filtration Using membrane- Enterococcus Indoxyl-β-D-Glucoside Agar (mEI), EPA-821-R-23-006, September 2023. Table 1A, Note 24; Table IH, Note 23.
(v) Method 1603.1: Escherichia coli (E. coli) in Water by Membrane Filtration Using Modified membrane-Thermotolerant Escherichia coli Agar (Modified mTEC), EPA-821-R-23-008, September 2023. Table IA, Note 21; Table IH, Note 19.
(vi) Method 1604: Total Coliforms and Escherichia coli ( E. coli) in Water by Membrane Filtration Using a Simultaneous Detection Technique (MI Medium). September 2002. EPA-821-R-02-024. Table IH, Note 21.
(vii) Whole Effluent Toxicity Methods Errata Sheet, EPA 821-R-02-012-ES. December 2016, Table IA, Notes 25, 26, and 27.
(viii) Method 1623: Cryptosporidium and Giardia in Water by Filtration/IMS/FA. December 2005. EPA-821-R-05-002. Table IH, Note 26.
(ix) Method 1623.1: Cryptosporidium and Giardia in Water by Filtration/IMS/FA. EPA 816-R-12-001. January 2012. U.S. EPA, Table IH, Notes 25 and 31.
(x) Method 1627, Kinetic Test Method for the Prediction of Mine Drainage Quality. December 2011. EPA-821-R-09-002. Table IB, Note 69.
(xi) Method 1664, n -Hexane Extractable Material (HEM; Oil and Grease) and Silica Gel Treated n -Hexane Extractable Material (SGT-HEM; Nonpolar Material) by Extraction and Gravimetry. Revision A, February 1999. EPA-821-R-98-002. Table IB, Notes 38 and 42.
(xii) Method 1664, n -Hexane Extractable Material (HEM; Oil and Grease) and Silica Gel Treated n -Hexane Extractable Material (SGT-HEM; Nonpolar Material) by Extraction and Gravimetry, Revision B, February 2010. EPA-821-R-10-001. Table IB, Notes 38 and 42.
(xiii) Method 1669, Sampling Ambient Water for Trace Metals at EPA Water Quality Criteria Levels. July 1996. Table IB, Note 43.
(xiv) Method 1680: Fecal Coliforms in Sewage Sludge (Biosolids) by Multiple-Tube Fermentation using Lauryl Tryptose Broth (LTB) and EC Medium. September 2014. EPA-821-R-14-009.Table IA, Note 15.
(xv) Method 1681: Fecal Coliforms in Sewage Sludge (Biosolids) by Multiple-Tube Fermentation using A-1 Medium. July 2006. EPA 821-R-06-013. Table IA, Note 20.
(xvi) Method 1682: Salmonella in Sewage Sludge (Biosolids) by Modified Semisolid Rappaport-Vassiliadis (MSRV) Medium. September 2014. EPA 821-R-14-012. Table IA, Note 23.
(9) American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New York NY 10018.
(i) ANSI. American National Standard on Photographic Processing Effluents. April 2, 1975. Table IB, Note 9.
(ii) [Reserved]
(10) American Public Health Association, 800 I Street, NW, Washington, DC 20001; phone: (202)777-2742, website: www.standardmethods.org.
(i) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 14th Edition, 1975. Table IB, Notes 27 and 86.
(ii) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 15th Edition, 1980, Table IB, Note 30; Table ID.
(iii) Selected Analytical Methods Approved and Cited by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, Supplement to the 15th Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 1981. Table IC, Note 6; Table ID, Note 6.
(iv) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 18th Edition, 1992. Tables IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, and IH.
(v) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 19th Edition, 1995. Tables IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, and IH.
(vi) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 20th Edition, 1998. Tables IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, and IH.
(vii) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 21st Edition, 2005. Table IB, Notes 17 and 27.
(viii) 2120, Color. Revised September 4, 2021. Table IB.
(ix) 2130, Turbidity. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(x) 2310, Acidity. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xi) 2320, Alkalinity. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(xii) 2340, Hardness. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(xiii) 2510, Conductivity. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(xiv) 2540, Solids. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xv) 2550, Temperature. 2010. Table IB.
(xvi) 3111, Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrometry. Revised 2019. Table IB.
(xvii) 3112, Metals by Cold-Vapor Atomic Absorption Spectrometry. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xviii) 3113, Metals by Electrothermal Atomic Absorption Spectrometry. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xix) 3114, Arsenic and Selenium by Hydride Generation/Atomic Absorption Spectrometry. Revised 2020, Table IB.
(xx) 3120, Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxi) 3125, Metals by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxii) 3500-Al, Aluminum. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxiii) 3500-As, Arsenic. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxiv) 3500-Ca, Calcium. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxv) 3500-Cr, Chromium. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxvi) 3500-Cu, Copper. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxvii) 3500-Fe, Iron. 2011. Table IB.
(xxviii) 3500-Pb, Lead. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxix) 3500-Mn, Manganese. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxx) 3500-K, Potassium. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxxi) 3500-Na, Sodium. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxxii) 3500-V, Vanadium. 2011. Table IB.
(xxxiii) 3500-Zn, Zinc. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxxiv) 4110, Determination of Anions by Ion Chromatography. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxxv) 4140, Inorganic Anions by Capillary Ion Electrophoresis. Revised 2020. Table IB.
(xxxvi) 4500-B, Boron. 2011. Table IB.
(xxxvii) 4500 Cl − , Chloride. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(xxxviii) 4500-Cl, Chlorine (Residual). 2011. Table IB.
(xxxix) 4500-CN − , Cyanide. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(xl) 4500-F − , Fluoride. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(xli) 4500-H + , pH. 2021. Table IB.
(xlii) 4500-NH3 , Nitrogen (Ammonia). Revised 2021. Table IB.
(xliii) 4500-NO2− , Nitrogen (Nitrite). Revised 2021. Table IB.
(xliv) 4500-NO3− , Nitrogen (Nitrate). Revised 2019. Table IB.
(xlv) 4500-N(org) , Nitrogen (Organic). Revised 2021. Table IB.
(xlvi) 4500-O, Oxygen (Dissolved). Revised 2021. Table IB.
(xlvii) 4500-P, Phosphorus. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(xlviii) 4500-SiO2 , Silica. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(xlix) 4500-S2− , Sulfide. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(l) 4500-SO32− , Sulfite. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(li) 4500-SO42− , Sulfate. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(lii) 5210, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD). Revised 2016. Table IB.
(liii) 5220, Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD). 2011. Table IB.
(liv) 5310, Total Organic Carbon (TOC). Revised 2014. Table IB.
(lv) 5520, Oil and Grease. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(lvi) 5530, Phenols. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(lvii) 5540, Surfactants. Revised 2021. Table IB.
(lviii) 6200, Volatile Organic Compounds. Revised 2020. Table IC.
(lix) 6410, Extractable Base/Neutrals and Acids. Revised 2020. Tables IC and ID.
(lx) 6420, Phenols. Revised 2021. Table IC.
(lxi) 6440, Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons. Revised 2021. Table IC.
(lxii) 6630, Organochlorine Pesticides. Revised 2021. Table ID.
(lxiii) 6640, Acidic Herbicide Compounds. Revised 2021. Table ID.
(lxiv) 7110, Gross Alpha and Gross Beta Radioactivity (Total, Suspended, and Dissolved). 2000. Table IE.
(lxv) 7500, Radium. 2001. Table IE.
(lxvi) 9213, Recreational Waters. 2007. Table IH.
(lxvii) 9221, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique for Members of the Coliform Group. Approved 2014. Table IA, Notes 12, 14; and 33; Table IH, Notes 10, 12, and 32.
(lxviii) 9222, Membrane Filter Technique for Members of the Coliform Group. 2015. Table IA, Note 31; Table IH, Note 17.
(lxix) 9223 Enzyme Substrate Coliform Test. 2016. Table IA; Table IH.
(lxx) 9230 Fecal Enterococcus/Streptococcus Groups. 2013. Table IA, Note 32; Table IH.
(11) The Analyst, The Royal Society of Chemistry, RSC Publishing, Royal Society of Chemistry, Thomas Graham House, Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge CB4 0WF, United Kingdom. (Also available from most public libraries.)
(i) Spectrophotometric Determination of Ammonia: A Study of a Modified Berthelot Reaction Using Salicylate and Dichloroisocyanurate. Krom, M.D. 105:305-316, April 1980. Table IB, Note 60.
(ii) [Reserved]
(12) Analytical Chemistry, ACS Publications, 1155 Sixteenth St. NW., Washington DC 20036. (Also available from most public libraries.)
(i) Spectrophotometric and Kinetics Investigation of the Berthelot Reaction for the Determination of Ammonia. Patton, C.J. and S.R. Crouch. 49(3):464-469, March 1977. Table IB, Note 60.
(ii) [Reserved]
(13) AOAC International, 481 North Frederick Avenue, Suite 500, Gaithersburg, MD 20877-2417.
(i) Official Methods of Analysis of AOAC International. 16th Edition, 4th Revision, 1998.
(A) 920.203, Manganese in Water, Persulfate Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(B) 925.54, Sulfate in Water, Gravimetric Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(C) 973.40, Specific Conductance of Water. Table IB, Note 3.
(D) 973.41, pH of Water. Table IB, Note 3.
(E) 973.43, Alkalinity of Water, Titrimetric Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(F) 973.44, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) of Water, Incubation Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(G) 973.45, Oxygen (Dissolved) in Water, Titrimetric Methods. Table IB, Note 3.
(H) 973.46, Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) of Water, Titrimetric Methods. Table IB, Note 3.
(I) 973.47, Organic Carbon in Water, Infrared Analyzer Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(J) 973.48, Nitrogen (Total) in Water, Kjeldahl Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(K) 973.49, Nitrogen (Ammonia) in Water, Colorimetric Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(L) 973.50, Nitrogen (Nitrate) in Water, Brucine Colorimetric Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(M) 973.51, Chloride in Water, Mercuric Nitrate Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(N) 973.52, Hardness of Water. Table IB, Note 3.
(O) 973.53, Potassium in Water, Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometric Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(P) 973.54, Sodium in Water, Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometric Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(Q) 973.55, Phosphorus in Water, Photometric Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(R) 973.56, Phosphorus in Water, Automated Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(S) 974.27, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Iron, Lead, Magnesium, Manganese, Silver, Zinc in Water, Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometric Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(T) 977.22, Mercury in Water, Flameless Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometric Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(U) 991.15. Total Coliforms and Escherichia coli in Water Defined Substrate Technology (Colilert) Method. Table IA, Note 10; Table IH, Note 10.
(V) 993.14, Trace Elements in Waters and Wastewaters, Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometric Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(W) 993.23, Dissolved Hexavalent Chromium in Drinking Water, Ground Water, and Industrial Wastewater Effluents, Ion Chromatographic Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(X) 993.30, Inorganic Anions in Water, Ion Chromatographic Method. Table IB, Note 3.
(ii) [Reserved]
(14) Applied and Environmental Microbiology, American Society for Microbiology, 1752 N Street NW., Washington DC 20036. (Also available from most public libraries.)
(i) New Medium for the Simultaneous Detection of Total Coliforms and Escherichia coli in Water. Brenner, K.P., C.C. Rankin, Y.R. Roybal, G.N. Stelma, Jr., P.V. Scarpino, and A.P. Dufour. 59:3534-3544, November 1993. Table IH, Note 21.
(ii) [Reserved]
(15) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959; phone: (877)909-2786; website: www.astm.org.
(i) Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Water, and Environmental Technology, Section 11, Volumes 11.01 and 11.02. 1994. Tables IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, and IH.
(ii) Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Water, and Environmental Technology, Section 11, Volumes 11.01 and 11.02. 1996. Tables IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, and IH.
(iii) Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Water, and Environmental Technology, Section 11, Volumes 11.01 and 11.02. 1999. Tables IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, and IH.
(iv) Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Water, and Environmental Technology, Section 11, Volumes 11.01 and 11.02. 2000. Tables IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, and IH.
(v) ASTM D511-14, Standard Test Methods for Calcium and Magnesium in Water. Approved October 1, 2014. Table IB.
(vi) ASTM D512-12, Standard Test Methods for Chloride Ion in Water. Approved June 15, 2012. Table IB.
(vii) ASTM D515-88, Test Methods for Phosphorus in Water, March 1989. Table IB.
(viii) ASTM D516-16, Standard Test Method for Sulfate Ion in Water. Approved June 1, 2016. Table IB.
(ix) ASTM D858-17, Standard Test Methods for Manganese in Water. Approved June 1, 2017. Table IB.
(x) ASTM D859-16, Standard Test Method for Silica in Water. Approved June 15, 2016. Table IB.
(xi) ASTM D888-18, Standard Test Methods for Dissolved Oxygen in Water. Approved May 1, 2018. Table IB.
(xii) ASTM D1067-16, Standard Test Methods for Acidity or Alkalinity of Water. Approved June 15, 2016. Table IB.
(xiii) ASTM D1068-15, Standard Test Methods for Iron in Water. Approved October 1, 2015. Table IB.
(xiv) ASTM D1125-95 (Reapproved 1999), Standard Test Methods for Electrical Conductivity and Resistivity of Water. December 1995. Table IB.
(xv) ASTM D1126-17, Standard Test Method for Hardness in Water. Approved December 1, 2017. Table IB.
(xvi) ASTM D1179-16, Standard Test Methods for Fluoride Ion in Water. Approved June 15, 2016. Table IB.
(xvii) ASTM D1246-16, Standard Test Method for Bromide Ion in Water. June 15, 2016. Table IB.
(xviii) ASTM D1252-06 (Reapproved 2012), Standard Test Methods for Chemical Oxygen Demand (Dichromate Oxygen Demand) of Water. Approved June 15, 2012. Table IB.
(xix) ASTM D1253-14, Standard Test Method for Residual Chlorine in Water. Approved January 15, 2014. Table IB.
(xx) ASTM D1293-18, Standard Test Methods for pH of Water. Approved January 15, 2018. Table IB.
(xxi) ASTM D1426-15, Standard Test Methods for Ammonia Nitrogen in Water. Approved March 15, 2015. Table IB.
(xxii) ASTM D1687-17, Standard Test Methods for Chromium in Water. Approved June 1, 2017. Table IB.
(xxiii) ASTM D1688-17, Standard Test Methods for Copper in Water. Approved June 1, 2017. Table IB.
(xxiv) ASTM D1691-17, Standard Test Methods for Zinc in Water. Approved June 1, 2017. Table IB.
(xxv) ASTM D1783-01 (Reapproved 2012), Standard Test Methods for Phenolic Compounds in Water. Approved June 15, 2012. Table IB.
(xxvi) ASTM D1886-14, Standard Test Methods for Nickel in Water. Approved October 1, 2014. Table IB.
(xxvii) ASTM D1889-00, Standard Test Method for Turbidity of Water. October 2000. Table IB.
(xxviii) ASTM D1890-96, Standard Test Method for Beta Particle Radioactivity of Water. April 1996. Table IE.
(xxix) ASTM D1943-96, Standard Test Method for Alpha Particle Radioactivity of Water. April 1996. Table IE.
(xxx) ASTM D1976-20, Standard Test Method for Elements in Water by Inductively-Coupled Argon Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy. Approved May 1, 2020. Table IB.
(xxxi) ASTM D2036-09 (Reapproved 2015), Standard Test Methods for Cyanides in Water. Approved July 15, 2015. Table IB.
(xxxii) ASTM D2330-20, Standard Test Method for Methylene Blue Active Substances. Approved January 1, 2020. Table 1B.
(xxxiii) ASTM D2460-97, Standard Test Method for Alpha-Particle-Emitting Isotopes of Radium in Water. October 1997. Table IE.
(xxxiv) ASTM D2972-15, Standard Tests Method for Arsenic in Water. Approved February 1, 2015. Table IB.
(xxxv) ASTM D3223-17, Standard Test Method for Total Mercury in Water. Approved June 1, 2017. Table IB.
(xxxvi) ASTM D3371-95, Standard Test Method for Nitriles in Aqueous Solution by Gas-Liquid Chromatography, February 1996. Table IF.
(xxxvii) ASTM D3373-17, Standard Test Method for Vanadium in Water. Approved June 1, 2017. Table IB.
(xxxviii) ASTM D3454-97, Standard Test Method for Radium-226 in Water. February 1998. Table IE.
(xxxix) ASTM D3557-17, Standard Test Method for Cadmium in Water. Approved June 1, 2017. Table IB.
(xl) ASTM D3558-15, Standard Test Method for Cobalt in Water. Approved February 1, 2015. Table IB.
(xli) ASTM D3559-15, Standard Test Methods for Lead in Water. Approved June 1, 2015. Table IB.
(xlii) ASTM D3590-17, Standard Test Methods for Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen in Water. Approved June 1, 2017. Table IB.
(xliii) ASTM D3645-15, Standard Test Methods for Beryllium in Water. Approved February 1, 2015. Table IB.
(xliv) ASTM D3695-95, Standard Test Method for Volatile Alcohols in Water by Direct Aqueous-Injection Gas Chromatography. April 1995. Table IF.
(xlv) ASTM D3859-15, Standard Test Methods for Selenium in Water. Approved March 15, 2015. Table IB.
(xlvi) ASTM D3867-16, Standard Test Method for Nitrite-Nitrate in Water. Approved June 1, 2016. Table IB.
(xlvii) ASTM D4190-15, Standard Test Method for Elements in Water by Direct- Current Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy. Approved February 1, 2015. Table IB.
(xlviii) ASTM D4282-15, Standard Test Method for Determination of Free Cyanide in Water and Wastewater by Microdiffusion. Approved July 15, 2015. Table IB.
(xlix) ASTM D4327-17, Standard Test Method for Anions in Water by Suppressed Ion Chromatography. Approved December 1, 2017. Table IB.
(l) ASTM D4382-18, Standard Test Method for Barium in Water, Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry, Graphite Furnace. Approved February 1, 2018. Table IB.
(li) ASTM D4657-92 (Reapproved 1998), Standard Test Method for Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Water. January 1993. Table IC.
(lii) ASTM D4658-15, Standard Test Method for Sulfide Ion in Water. Approved March 15, 2015. Table IB.
(liii) ASTM D4763-88 (Reapproved 2001), Standard Practice for Identification of Chemicals in Water by Fluorescence Spectroscopy. September 1988. Table IF.
(liv) ASTM D4839-03 (Reapproved 2017), Standard Test Method for Total Carbon and Organic Carbon in Water by Ultraviolet, or Persulfate Oxidation, or Both, and Infrared Detection. Approved December 15, 2017. Table IB.
(lv) ASTM D5257-17, Standard Test Method for Dissolved Hexavalent Chromium in Water by Ion Chromatography. Approved December 1, 2017. Table IB.
(lvi) ASTM D5259-92, Standard Test Method for Isolation and Enumeration of Enterococci from Water by the Membrane Filter Procedure. October 1992. Table IH, Note 9.
(lvii) ASTM D5392-93, Standard Test Method for Isolation and Enumeration of Escherichia coli in Water by the Two-Step Membrane Filter Procedure. September 1993. Table IH, Note 9.
(lviii) ASTM D5673-16, Standard Test Method for Elements in Water by Inductively Coupled Plasma—Mass Spectrometry. Approved February 1, 2016. Table IB.
(lix) ASTM D5907-18, Standard Test Methods for Filterable Matter (Total Dissolved Solids) and Nonfilterable Matter (Total Suspended Solids) in Water. Approved May 1, 2018. Table IB.
(lx) ASTM D6503-99, Standard Test Method for Enterococci in Water Using Enterolert. April 2000. Table IA Note 9, Table IH, Note 9.
(lxi) ASTM. D6508-15, Standard Test Method for Determination of Dissolved Inorganic Anions in Aqueous Matrices Using Capillary Ion Electrophoresis and Chromate Electrolyte. Approved October 1, 2015. Table IB, Note 54.
(lxii) ASTM. D6888-16, Standard Test Method for Available Cyanides with Ligand Displacement and Flow Injection Analysis (FIA) Utilizing Gas Diffusion Separation and Amperometric Detection. Approved February 1, 2016. Table IB, Note 59.
(lxiii) ASTM. D6919-17, Standard Test Method for Determination of Dissolved Alkali and Alkaline Earth Cations and Ammonium in Water and Wastewater by Ion Chromatography. Approved June 1, 2017. Table IB.
(lxiv) ASTM. D7065-17, Standard Test Method for Determination of Nonylphenol, Bisphenol A, p-tert -Octylphenol, Nonylphenol Monoethoxylate and Nonylphenol Diethoxylate in Environmental Waters by Gas Chromatography Mass Spectrometry. Approved December 15, 2017. Table IC.
(lxv) ASTM D7237-18, Standard Test Method for Free Cyanide with Flow Injection Analysis (FIA) Utilizing Gas Diffusion Separation and Amperometric Detection. Approved December 1, 2018. Table IB.
(lxvi) ASTM D7284-20, Standard Test Method for Total Cyanide in Water by Micro Distillation followed by Flow Injection Analysis with Gas Diffusion Separation and Amperometric Detection. Approved August 1, 2020. Table IB.
(lxvii) ASTM D7365-09a (Reapproved 2015), Standard Practice for Sampling, Preservation and Mitigating Interferences in Water Samples for Analysis of Cyanide. Approved July 15, 2015. Table II, Notes 5 and 6.
(lxviii) ASTM. D7511-12 (Reapproved 2017) e1 , Standard Test Method for Total Cyanide by Segmented Flow Injection Analysis, In-Line Ultraviolet Digestion and Amperometric Detection. Approved July 1, 2017. Table IB.
(lxix) ASTM D7573-18a e1 , Standard Test Method for Total Carbon and Organic Carbon in Water by High Temperature Catalytic Combustion and Infrared Detection. Approved December 15, 2018. Table IB.
(lxx) ASTM D7781-14, Standard Test Method for Nitrite-Nitrate in Water by Nitrate Reductase, Approved April 1, 2014. Table IB.
(16) Bran & Luebbe Analyzing Technologies, Inc., Elmsford NY 10523.
(i) Industrial Method Number 378-75WA, Hydrogen Ion (pH) Automated Electrode Method, Bran & Luebbe (Technicon) Auto Analyzer II. October 1976. Table IB, Note 21.
(ii) [Reserved]
(17) CEM Corporation, P.O. Box 200, Matthews NC 28106-0200.
(i) Closed Vessel Microwave Digestion of Wastewater Samples for Determination of Metals. April 16, 1992. Table IB, Note 36.
(ii) [Reserved]
(18) Craig R. Chinchilla, 900 Jorie Blvd., Suite 35, Oak Brook IL 60523. Telephone: 630-645-0600.
(i) Nitrate by Discrete Analysis Easy (1-Reagent) Nitrate Method, (Colorimetric, Automated, 1 Reagent). Revision 1, November 12, 2011. Table IB, Note 62.
(ii) [Reserved]
(19) FIAlab Instruments, Inc., 334 2151 N. Northlake Way, Seattle, WA 98103; phone: (425)376-0450; website: www.flowinjection.com/app-notes/epafialab100.
(i) FIAlab 100, Determination of Inorganic Ammonia by Continuous Flow Gas Diffusion and Fluorescence Detector Analysis, April 4, 2018. Table IB, Note 82.
(ii) [Reserved]
(20) Hach Company, P.O. Box 389, Loveland CO 80537.
(i) Method 8000, Chemical Oxygen Demand. Hach Handbook of Water Analysis. 1979. Table IB, Note 14.
(ii) Method 8008, 1,10-Phenanthroline Method using FerroVer Iron Reagent for Water. 1980. Table IB, Note 22.
(iii) Method 8009, Zincon Method for Zinc. Hach Handbook for Water Analysis. 1979. Table IB, Note 33.
(iv) Method 8034, Periodate Oxidation Method for Manganese. Hach Handbook for Water Analysis. 1979. Table IB, Note 23.
(v) Method 8506, Bicinchoninate Method for Copper. Hach Handbook of Water Analysis. 1979. Table IB, Note 19.
(vi) Method 8507, Nitrogen, Nitrite-Low Range, Diazotization Method for Water and Wastewater. 1979. Table IB, Note 25.
(vii) Method 10206, Hach Company TNTplus 835/836 Nitrate Method 10206, Spectrophotometric Measurement of Nitrate in Water and Wastewater. Revision 2.1, January 10, 2013. Table IB, Note 75.
(viii) Method 10242, Hach Company TNTplus 880 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen Method 10242, Simplified Spectrophotometric Measurement of Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen in Water and Wastewater. Revision 1.1, January 10, 2013. Table IB, Note 76.
(ix) Hach Method 10360, Luminescence Measurement of Dissolved Oxygen in Water and Wastewater and for Use in the Determination of BOD5and cBOD5. Revision 1.2, October 2011. Table IB, Note 63.
(x) m-ColiBlue24® Method, for total Coliforms and E. coli. Revision 2, 1999. Table IA, Note 18; Table IH, Note 17.
(21) IDEXX Laboratories Inc., One Idexx Drive, Westbrook ME 04092.
(i) Colilert. 2013. Table IA, Notes 17 and 18; Table IH, Notes 14, 15 and 16.
(ii) Colilert-18. 2013. Table IA, Notes 17 and 18; Table IH, Notes 14, 15 and 16.
(iii) Enterolert. 2013. Table IA, Note 24; Table IH, Note 12.
(iv) Quanti-Tray Insert and Most Probable Number (MPN) Table. 2013. Table IA, Note 18; Table IH, Notes 14 and 16.
(22) In-Situ Incorporated, 221 E. Lincoln Ave., Ft. Collins CO 80524. Telephone: 970-498-1500.
(i) In-Situ Inc. Method 1002-8-2009, Dissolved Oxygen Measurement by Optical Probe. 2009. Table IB, Note 64.
(ii) In-Situ Inc. Method 1003-8-2009, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) Measurement by Optical Probe. 2009. Table IB, Note 10.
(iii) In-Situ Inc. Method 1004-8-2009, Carbonaceous Biochemical Oxygen Demand (CBOD) Measurement by Optical Probe. 2009. Table IB, Note 35.
(23) Journal of Chromatography, Elsevier/North-Holland, Inc., Journal Information Centre, 52 Vanderbilt Avenue, New York NY 10164. (Also available from most public libraries.
(i) Direct Determination of Elemental Phosphorus by Gas-Liquid Chromatography. Addison, R.F. and R.G. Ackman. 47(3): 421-426, 1970. Table IB, Note 28.
(ii) [Reserved]
(24) Lachat Instruments, 6645 W. Mill Road, Milwaukee WI 53218, Telephone: 414-358-4200.
(i) QuikChem Method 10-204-00-1-X, Digestion and Distillation of Total Cyanide in Drinking and Wastewaters using MICRO DIST and Determination of Cyanide by Flow Injection Analysis. Revision 2.2, March 2005. Table IB, Note 56.
(ii) [Reserved]
(25) Leck Mitchell, Ph.D., P.E., 656 Independence Valley Dr., Grand Junction CO 81507. Telephone: 970-244-8661.
(i) Mitchell Method M5271, Determination of Turbidity by Nephelometry. Revision 1.0, July 31, 2008. Table IB, Note 66.
(ii) Mitchell Method M5331, Determination of Turbidity by Nephelometry. Revision 1.0, July 31, 2008. Table IB, Note 65.
(26) MACHEREY-NAGEL GmbH and Co., 2850 Emrick Blvd., Bethlehem, PA 18020; Phone: (888)321-6224.
(i) Method 036/038 NANOCOLOR® COD LR/HR, Spectrophotometric Measurement of Chemical Oxygen Demand in Water and Wastewater, Revision 1.5, May 2018. Table IB, Note 83.
(ii) [Reserved]
(27) Micrology Laboratories, LLC (now known as Roth Bioscience, LLC), 1303 Eisenhower Drive, Goshen, IN 46526; phone: (574)533-3351.
(i) KwikCountTM EC Medium E. coli enzyme substrate test, Rapid Detection of E. coli in Beach Water By KwikCount TM EC Membrane Filtration. 2014. Table IH, Notes 28 and 29.
(ii) [Reserved]
(28) National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream Improvements, Inc. (NCASI), 260 Madison Avenue, New York NY 10016.
(i) NCASI Method TNTP-W10900, Total Nitrogen and Total Phophorus in Pulp and Paper Biologically Treated Effluent by Alkaline Persulfate Digestion. June 2011. Table IB, Note 77.
(ii) NCASI Technical Bulletin No. 253, An Investigation of Improved Procedures for Measurement of Mill Effluent and Receiving Water Color. December 1971. Table IB, Note 18.
(iii) NCASI Technical Bulletin No. 803, An Update of Procedures for the Measurement of Color in Pulp Mill Wastewaters. May 2000. Table IB, Note 18.
(29) The Nitrate Elimination Co., Inc. (NECi), 334 Hecla St., Lake Linden NI 49945.
(i) NECi Method N07-0003, Method for Nitrate Reductase Nitrate-Nitrogen Analysis. Revision 9.0. March 2014. Table IB, Note 73.
(ii) [Reserved]
(30) Oceanography International Corporation, 512 West Loop, P.O. Box 2980, College Station TX 77840.
(i) OIC Chemical Oxygen Demand Method. 1978. Table IB, Note 13.
(ii) [Reserved]
(31) OI Analytical, Box 9010, College Station TX 77820-9010.
(i) Method OIA-1677-09, Available Cyanide by Ligand Exchange and Flow Injection Analysis (FIA). Copyright 2010. Table IB, Note 59.
(ii) Method PAI-DK01, Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl, Block Digestion, Steam Distillation, Titrimetric Detection. Revised December 22, 1994. Table IB, Note 39.
(iii) Method PAI-DK02, Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl, Block Digestion, Steam Distillation, Colorimetric Detection. Revised December 22, 1994. Table IB, Note 40.
(iv) Method PAI-DK03, Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl, Block Digestion, Automated FIA Gas Diffusion. Revised December 22, 1994. Table IB, Note 41.
(32) ORION Research Corporation, 840 Memorial Drive, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138.
(i) ORION Research Instruction Manual, Residual Chlorine Electrode Model 97-70. 1977. Table IB, Note 16.
(ii) [Reserved]
(33) Pace Analytical Services, LLC, 1800 Elm Street, SE, Minneapolis, MN 55414; phone: (612)656-2240.
(i) PAM-16130-SSI, Determination of 2,3,7,8-Substituted Tetra- through Octa-Chlorinated Dibenzo- p -Dioxins and Dibenzofurans (CDDs/CDFs) Using Shimadzu Gas Chromatography Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS/MS), Revision 1.1, May 20, 2022. Table IC, Note 17.
(ii) [Reserved]
(34) SGS AXYS Analytical Services, Ltd., 2045 Mills Road, Sidney, British Columbia, Canada, V8L 5X2; phone: (888)373-0881.
(i) SGS AXYS Method 16130, Determination of 2,3,7,8-Substituted Tetra- through Octa-Chlorinated Dibenzo- p -Dioxins and Dibenzofurans (CDDs/CDFs) Using Waters and Agilent Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS/MS)., Revision 1.0, revised August 2020. Table IC, Note 16.
(ii) [Reserved]
(35) Technicon Industrial Systems, Tarrytown NY 10591.
(i) Industrial Method Number 379-75WE Ammonia, Automated Electrode Method, Technicon Auto Analyzer II. February 19, 1976. Table IB, Note 7.
(ii) [Reserved]
(36) Thermo Jarrell Ash Corporation, 27 Forge Parkway, Franklin MA 02038.
(i) Method AES0029. Direct Current Plasma (DCP) Optical Emission Spectrometric Method for Trace Elemental Analysis of Water and Wastes. 1986, Revised 1991. Table IB, Note 34.
(ii) [Reserved]
(37) Thermo Scientific, 166 Cummings Center, Beverly MA 01915. Telephone: 1-800-225-1480. www.thermoscientific.com.
(i) Thermo Scientific Orion Method AQ4500, Determination of Turbidity by Nephelometry. Revision 5, March 12, 2009. Table IB, Note 67.
(ii) [Reserved]
(38) 3M Corporation, 3M Center Building 220-9E-10, St. Paul MN 55144-1000.
(i) Organochlorine Pesticides and PCBs in Wastewater Using EmporeTMDisk” Test Method 3M 0222. Revised October 28, 1994. Table IC, Note 8; Table ID, Note 8.
(ii) [Reserved]
(39) Timberline Instruments, LLC, 1880 South Flatiron Ct., Unit I, Boulder CO 80301.
(i) Timberline Amonia-001, Determination of Inorganic Ammonia by Continuous Flow Gas Diffusion and Conductivity Cell Analysis. June 24, 2011. Table IB, Note 74.
(ii) [Reserved]
(40) U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), U.S. Department of the Interior, Reston, Virginia. Available from USGS Books and Open-File Reports (OFR) Section, Federal Center, Box 25425, Denver, CO 80225; phone: (703)648-5953; website: ww.usgs.gov.
(i) Colorimetric determination of nitrate plus nitrite in water by enzymatic reduction, automated discrete analyzer methods. U.S. Geological Survey Techniques and Methods, Book 5—Laboratory Analysis, Section B—Methods of the National Water Quality Laboratory, Chapter 8. 2011. Table IB, Note 72.
(ii) Techniques and Methods—Book 5, Laboratory Analysis—Section B, Methods of the National Water Quality Laboratory—Chapter 12, Determination of Heat Purgeable and Ambient Purgeable Volatile Organic Compounds in Water by Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry 2016.
(iii) Methods for Determination of Inorganic Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments, editors, Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 5, Chapter A1. 1979. Table IB, Note 8.
(iv) Methods for Determination of Inorganic Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments, Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 5, Chapter A1. 1989. Table IB, Notes 2 and 79.
(v) Methods for the Determination of Organic Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments. Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 5, Chapter A3. 1987. Table IB, Note 24; Table ID, Note 4.
(vi) OFR 76-177, Selected Methods of the U.S. Geological Survey of Analysis of Wastewaters. 1976. Table IE, Note 2.
(vii) OFR 91-519, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Organonitrogen Herbicides in Water by Solid-Phase Extraction and Capillary-Column Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry With Selected-Ion Monitoring. 1992. Table ID, Note 14.
(viii) OFR 92-146, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Total Phosphorus by a Kjeldahl Digestion Method and an Automated Colorimetric Finish That Includes Dialysis. 1992. Table IB, Note 48.
(ix) OFR 93-125, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Inorganic and Organic Constituents in Water and Fluvial Sediments. 1993. Table IB, Notes 51 and 80; Table IC, Note 9.
(x) OFR 93-449, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Chromium in Water by Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry. 1993. Table IB, Note 46.
(xi) OFR 94-37, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Triazine and Other Nitrogen-containing Compounds by Gas Chromatography with Nitrogen Phosphorus Detectors. 1994. Table ID, Note 9.
(xii) OFR 95-181, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Pesticides in Water by C-18 Solid-Phase Extraction and Capillary-Column Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry With Selected-Ion Monitoring. 1995. Table ID, Note 11.
(xiii) OFR 97-198, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Molybdenum in Water by Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry. 1997. Table IB, Note 47.
(xiv) OFR 97-829, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of 86 Volatile Organic Compounds in Water by Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry, Including Detections Less Than Reporting Limits. 1998. Table IC, Note 13.
(xv) OFR 98-165, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Elements in Whole-Water Digests Using Inductively Coupled Plasma-Optical Emission Spectrometry and Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. 1998. Table IB, Notes 50 and 81.
(xvi) OFR 98-639, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Arsenic and Selenium in Water and Sediment by Graphite Furnace—Atomic Absorption Spectrometry. 1999. Table IB, Note 49.
(xvii) OFR 00-170, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Ammonium Plus Organic Nitrogen by a Kjeldahl Digestion Method and an Automated Photometric Finish that Includes Digest Cleanup by Gas Diffusion. 2000. Table IB, Note 45.
(xviii) Techniques and Methods Book 5-B1, Determination of Elements in Natural-Water, Biota, Sediment and Soil Samples Using Collision/Reaction Cell Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. Chapter 1, Section B, Methods of the National Water Quality Laboratory, Book 5, Laboratory Analysis. 2006. Table IB, Note 70.
(xix) U.S. Geological Survey Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations, Book 5, Laboratory Analysis, Chapter A4, Methods for Collection and Analysis of Aquatic Biological and Microbiological Samples. 1989. Table IA, Note 4; Table IH, Note 4.
(xx) Water-Resources Investigation Report 01-4098, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Moderate-Use Pesticides and Selected Degradates in Water by C-18 Solid-Phase Extraction and Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. 2001. Table ID, Note 13.
(xxi) Water-Resources Investigations Report 01-4132, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Organic Plus Inorganic Mercury in Filtered and Unfiltered Natural Water With Cold Vapor-Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry. 2001. Table IB, Note 71.
(xxii) Water-Resources Investigation Report 01-4134, Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Pesticides in Water by Graphitized Carbon-Based Solid-Phase Extraction and High-Performance Liquid Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. 2001. Table ID, Note 12.
(xxiii) Water Temperature—Influential Factors, Field Measurement and Data Presentation, Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 1, Chapter D1. 1975. Table IB, Note 32.
(41) Waters Corporation, 34 Maple Street, Milford MA 01757, Telephone: 508-482-2131, Fax: 508-482-3625. (i) Method D6508, Test Method for Determination of Dissolved Inorganic Anions in Aqueous Matrices Using Capillary Ion Electrophoresis and Chromate Electrolyte. Revision 2, December 2000. Table IB, Note 54. (ii) [Reserved]
(i) Method D6508, Test Method for Determination of Dissolved Inorganic Anions in Aqueous Matrices Using Capillary Ion Electrophoresis and Chromate Electrolyte. Revision 2, December 2000. Table IB, Note 54.
(ii) [Reserved]
* * * *
(e)
* * * *
Table II—Required Containers, Preservation Techniques, and Holding Times
* * * *
5 ASTM D7365-09a (15) specifies treatment options for samples containing oxidants (e.g., chlorine) for cyanide analyses. Also, Section 9060A of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater (23rd edition) addresses dechlorination procedures for microbiological analyses.
Quick action using cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and automated external defibrillators(AEDs) can save the lives of the nearly 350,000 cardiac event victims each year outside of a hospital setting. But what does OSHA require for the workplace? What you didn’t know about OSHA regulations regarding AEDs may surprise you.
For every minute a patient is in cardiac arrest, their chances of survival decrease dramatically. When a patient doesn’t have a pulse and isn’t breathing, CPR should be performed until an AED is available. It’s important to note that CPR alone does not restart the heart. CPR is an oxygen circulation procedure. AEDs, on the other hand, are meant for lifesaving intervention.
CPR and early defibrillation are vital components of the emergency medical services (EMS) chain of survival that increases the odds of cardiac patient survival. However, according to the American Heart Association (AHA), even the best CPR can’t provide enough circulation of oxygen to the brain and heart for more than a few minutes. In fact, a patient whose brain is deprived of oxygen for 10 minutes or more seldom recovers.
Just like a reliable vehicle, the circulatory system is the human body’s blood transportation system, and the heart is the engine. Amazingly, the heart generates its own electrical impulses, pumping in a regular, rhythmic manner. As with any engine, the heart requires a certain amount of pressure to function and doesn’t work well when clogged with grease or debris. The most common causes of sudden cardiac arrest include a heart attack, electrocution, and asphyxiation — all of which could occur in the workplace. Common signs and symptoms include:
CPR provides the pressure for the body’s “engine” to oxygen circulating, while an AED provides the electrical impulses to keep the engine pumping.
OSHA 1910.151 requires first aid treatment be provided in the absence of an infirmary, clinic, or hospital in near proximity to the workplace used to treat injured employees. This may include assisting a victim of cardiac arrest using CPR or defibrillation.
OSHA requirements for CPR and defibrillation differ considerably. Standards requiring CPR include:
OSHA recommends basic adult CPR refresher training and retesting every year, and first aid training at least once every three years. CPR training include facilitated discussion along with ’hands-on’ skills training that uses mannequins and partner practice.
Though OSHA recognizes AEDs as important lifesaving technology that plays a role in treating cardiac arrest, the agency doesn’t currently require their use in the workplace. Instead, OSHA wants employers to assess their own requirements for AEDs as part of their first aid response.
AEDs are considered Class III medical devices which means the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has some oversight on their use. Almost all AEDs require the purchaser to obtain a prescription from a physician under FDA regulations. The prescription process is meant as a quality control mechanism to ensure AEDs are properly maintained, that all designated responders are properly trained, and assist employers with establishing an emergency response plan for their workplace AED program.
The AHA requires AED operators to also receive CPR training as an “integral part of providing lifesaving aid to people suffering sudden cardiac arrest.” Though easy to use, each AED is slightly different, so training helps users understand the unique traits and supplies for the individual units at their workplace. Additionally, AED users must be trained to understand the signs of a sudden cardiac arrest, when to activate the EMS system, and how to perform CPR.
AEDs are light, portable, easy to use, and inexpensive. They’re best placed near high-hazard areas such as confined spaces, near electrical energy, or in remote work areas. Response time to reach AEDs should be kept within 3–5-minutes.
Need more information on defibrillators in the workplace? See our ezExplanation on AEDs. |
Many states require or encourage CPR and AED training from nationally recognized organizations. Any AED training should include CPR training. OSHA doesn’t offer first aid or CPR training, nor certify trainers. Training by a nationally recognized organization, such as AHA, the American Red Cross, or National Safety Council is recommended.
While OSHA doesn’t currently require the use of AEDs in the workplace, they do expect employers to assess their own AED requirements as part of their first aid response. AED training is required by most states and should include CPR with a hands-on practical component.
OSHA requires employers to provide all workers with immediately available and sanitary restroom or toilet facilities. But does this include truckers and delivery drivers that stop at your facilities? The sanitation standards (1910.141, 1926.51, and 1928.110) are meant to protect all workers from adverse health effects from unsanitary toilets facilities, or the unavailability of facilities when needed.
Bipartisan legislation has recently been introduced in the House that would require businesses to provide restroom access to truckers who are loading or delivering cargo at their warehouses, manufacturers, distribution centers, retailers, and ports.
Supported by leading organizations in the trucking industry, the Trucker Bathroom Access Act (H.R. 9592) was introduced on Dec. 15, 2022. The bill requires retailers, warehouses, and other establishments with existing restrooms to provide access to drivers who are loading or delivering cargo. Additionally, operators of ports and marine terminals must provide access for drayage and parking while accessing such restrooms.
This amendment to Title 49 would exempt some employers from the bill including filling and service stations, and restaurants 800-square feet or smaller with restrooms intended for employee use only. The bill doesn’t require employers to construct new restrooms but to give truck drivers the same access as employees or customers.
Commercial truckers and delivery drivers are the lifeline of our supply chain of supplies, products, and consumables. Working tirelessly all hours, during holidays and weekends, and throughout the pandemic, they continue to deliver critical food and emergency supplies to companies everywhere. Employers have the privilege of demonstrating gratitude to truckers and delivery drivers with a positive work environment.
The benefits of allowing truckers and delivery drivers the convenience and safety of readily available, sanitary restroom facilities are plenty. They’re able to rest and reset when necessary, which keeps them and others safer on the roads. Equally important, restroom availability prevents drivers from having to search for available facilities elsewhere, allowing them to keep a timely delivery schedule, limit supply chain delays, and ultimately lower costs for employers and customers.
The proposed Trucker Bathroom Access Act will require retailers, warehouses, and other establishments with existing restrooms to provide access to truckers and delivery drivers who are loading or delivering cargo. Access to restrooms keeps them refreshed and ready to deliver essential supplies to companies across the country.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is amending the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) regulations for polymers manufactured under the terms of the polymer exemption by extending the submission deadline for reporting. The regulations require that manufacturers (includes importers) of polymers manufactured under the terms of the exemption submit a report of manufacture or import by January 31 of the year subsequent to initial manufacture. On June 7, 2023, EPA amended the exemption reporting requirement to require that the exemption report and accompanying confidentiality claims be submitted electronically. Because EPA experienced technical difficulties with the launch of the new electronic reporting tool, EPA is extending the reporting period for 2024 from January 31 to March 31 to allow manufacturers additional time to submit their reports and accompanying claims to EPA using the electronic reporting tool.
DATES: This final rule is effective on February 16, 2024, published in the Federal Register February 16, 2024, page 12248.
View final rule.
§723.250 Polymers. | ||
(f) introductory text | Revised | View text |
Previous Text
§723.250 Polymers.
* * * * *
(f) Exemption report for polymers manufactured under the terms of this section. For substances exempt under paragraphs (e)(1) through (3) of this section a report of manufacture or import must be submitted by January 31 of the year subsequent to initial manufacture. The report and accompanying claims must be submitted via CDX (https://cdx.epa.gov/), using the TSCA Section 5 Notices and Supports—ePMN application. See §720.40(a)(2)(ii) of this subchapter for information on how to access e-PMN software. The notice must include:
* * * * *
Hi everyone! Welcome to the monthly news roundup video, where we’ll go over the most impactful environmental, health, and safety news. Please view the content links in the transcript for more information about the topics I’ll be covering today. Let’s get started!
Effective January 15, OSHA penalties increased 3.2 percent for inflation. Most penalties increased to $16,131. Willful and serious violations, however, increased to $161,323.
Construction workers aged 45 and older suffer more severe injuries and higher associated costs than other age groups. Most injuries are due to slips, trips, and falls.
Washington State updated its process safety management rules to better protect workers in petroleum refineries from the hazards of volatile chemicals. The rules take effect December 27, 2024.
Bloodborne pathogens topped the list of OSHA violations for the healthcare industry in 2023. Hazard Communication was the second most cited standard, followed by respiratory protection.
OSHA Region 2 launched a regional emphasis program that targets tree trimming, tree removal, and land clearing operations. Region 2 includes New York, New Jersey, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands.
EPA continues to strengthen its regulation of per- and polyfluoroalkyl — or PFAS — substances. A new rule prevents facilities from using any of the 300+ inactive PFAS before EPA conducts a risk determination and, if necessary, regulates the activity.
Thanks for tuning in to the monthly news roundup. We’ll see you next month!
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing a regulation to implement the requirements of the Clean Air Act (CAA) as specified in the Methane Emissions Reduction Program of the Inflation Reduction Act. This program requires the EPA to impose and collect an annual charge on methane emissions that exceed specified waste emissions thresholds from an owner or operator of an applicable facility that reports more than 25,000 metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent of greenhouse gases emitted per year pursuant to the petroleum and natural gas systems source category requirements of the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule. The proposal would implement calculation procedures, flexibilities, and exemptions related to the waste emissions charge and proposes to establish confidentiality determinations for data elements included in waste emissions charge filings.
DATES: This proposed rule is published in the Federal Register January 26, 2024, page 5318.
View proposed rule.
Safety has the workforce brimming with color. In fact, 29 CFR 1910.144 and 1910.145 tell us precisely what OSHA expects for safety color coding to identify hazards in the workplace. Signs, warning labels, symbols, and other color coding in your facilities should have your employees seeing red. But what if they can’t?
Though rare, color blindness is the inability to distinguish between colors as most people do. This makes it difficult for workers to see colors intended to protect them from harm. Color blindness can vary, making it difficult to distinguish between red and green or blue and yellow hues - the very shades of safety.
Some individuals can’t see any colors, which is called monochromacy. Workers with this type of color blindness may have trouble seeing clearly and may be more sensitive to light. Employers must collaborate with these employees to ensure alternative measures are taken to protect their eyes and clearly communicate warnings and hazards.
The color identifiers below differentiate the various levels of risk and hazards for workplace safety. Employers must ensure workers with color blindness are able to understand hazards in the workplace and the meaning of signs and warning labels.
RED - identifies fire and fire protective apparatus, danger, and emergency stops. It marks areas near open flames or flammable materials, fire extinguishers, and where workers are directed to stop an action.
ORANGE - warns workers of hazardous parts of equipment that could physically harm people or the facility. Typically used as labels on machinery, orange may also be used on signs, hard hats, safety vests, and other objects.
YELLOW - designates caution and is used for marking physical hazards, such as falling, pinch points, contact hazards, and other similar hazards.
GREEN - identifies directional safety information. This includes pointing workers to emergency egresses, safety showers or eyewash stations, first aid stations, and other safety equipment.
BLUE - not always safety-related, provides information regarding a particular location, process, or item. Employers may use blue signs to convey workplace policies, instructions, or locations, such as “Employees Only.”
PURPLE - often combined with yellow, alerts workers to radiation hazards.
BLACK/WHITE - provides instructional and directional information. This includes speed limits, one-way traffic, and aisle markings.
Having a standardized color-coding system for safety is effective for alerting employees of workplace hazards - if they can see the colors properly. For those who can’t, employers must ensure these workers understand the hazards and warning signs throughout the workplace.
Interested in learning more? See our ezExplanation on Color Coding. |
Not only are employers required to ensure workers understand warning signs and colors, but they must also protect workers from becoming color blind. That’s right - color blindness can be acquired. Exposure to lead or carbon disulfide can cause color blindness, even at low levels. Terminal illness and alcohol consumption can also contribute to color blindness, so employers should promote health as part of their safety and health programs.
Color blindness is considered a disability according to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Employers are required to reasonably accommodate employees with disabilities.
Employers must ensure employees with color blindness are able to understand hazards in the workplace and the meaning of signs and warning labels. The ADA requires employers to make reasonable accommodations for workers with disabilities, including color blindness.
The 150 air-mile exemptions, which are in the regulations at 395.1(e)(1) and (2), allow a driver to use a time record in place of a log, provided that certain conditions are met. While this is possibly the most widely used hours-of-service exemption, it may be the most commonly misused exemption, as well.
To be able to use this logging exemption in 395.1(e)(1), the driver must:
The company must retain the time record and have it available for inspection for six months.
Need more info? View our ezExplanation on the 150 air-mile exception. |
If the driver cannot meet the terms of the exemption (he or she goes too far or works too many hours), the driver must complete a regular driver’s log for the day as soon as the exemption no longer applies.
If the driver has had to complete a log 8 or fewer days out of the last 30 days, the driver can use a paper log for the day. If the driver had to complete a log more than 8 days out of the last 30 days, the driver needs to use an electronic log for the day (unless one of the ELD exemptions applies, such as operating a vehicle older than model year 2000).
When a property-carrying driver is operating under the 150 air-mile exemption, the driver is also exempt from having to take the required 30-minute break (see 395.3(a)(3)(ii)).
If the driver began the day as a 150 air-mile driver and has driven more than 8 consecutive hours without a break, and something unexpected happens and the driver can no longer use the 150 air-mile exemption, the driver must stop and immediately take the 30-minute break as well as start logging. If the driver went outside of the 150 air-mile area before the driver had 8 hours of driving without a break from driving, the driver would be expected to take the break at the appropriate time.
Here are some of the common myths and misunderstandings about the 150 air-mile exemption:
The 150 air-mile exemption at 395.1(e)(2) only applies to drivers that: Operate property-carrying vehicles that do not require a CDL to operate, and Stay within the 150 air-miles of their work reporting location.
If the driver stays within the 150 air-mile radius of the work reporting location, and returns to the work reporting location within 14 hours on 5 of the last 7 days, and 16 hours on 2 of the last seven days, the driver is allowed to use a time record in place of a log.
If the driver does not meet the terms of the exception, the driver will need to complete a log for the day. If the driver had to log more than 8 days out of the last 30 days, the driver will need to use an electronic log for the day. All of the other issues discussed above would apply to these drivers as well.
If you have drivers that use these exemptions, you will need to check time records to make sure they are complying with the appropriate time limits. You will also need to check movement records to verify that the drivers using these exemptions are staying within the mandated area (within 150 air-miles of the work reporting location for the day).
If a driver is over the hours limit, or has gone too far, you need to verify that the submitted a log for the day, either paper or electronic, depending on how many days the driver had to log out of the previous 30 days.
During an audit, if it is discovered that your drivers are using these exemptions incorrectly, you will be cited for not having drivers’ logs when required. Each day this occurred will be another violation, so the fine could be rather large if you are not managing the use of these exemptions!
When drivers fail a DOT test or engage in other prohibited drug or alcohol behavior, their commercial driving careers are stalled until specific steps in rehabilitation and treatment are completed.
Read our FAQ: What happens if a DOT return-to-duty or follow-up test is canceled? |
A commercial driver is required to go through the DOT return-to-duty process if:
Actual knowledge occurs when information is provided to the motor carrier indicating a DOT testing violation. This might be learned through:
When a motor carrier learns of a testing violation on a new hire, it must obtain proof that the driver has completed the return-to-duty process. Otherwise, the motor carrier would have to begin the return-to-duty process or pick up where it left off.
To resume a safety-sensitive function, the driver must complete the following return-to-duty steps in Subpart O of Part 40.
When drivers engage in prohibited drug or alcohol behavior, they must be immediately removed from performing all safety-sensitive functions. If on a dispatch, a driver must be told of the test result and instructed to park the vehicle. This notification often involves making arrangements to get the driver home and continue the run with different driver.
The employer must present the driver with a list of substance abuse professionals (SAPs) who have the appropriate credentials and DOT training to perform driver evaluations. The list must be given without a fee and made available to the driver (or driver applicant) whether or not the carrier retains the driver.
If the motor carrier does not have another face-to-face meeting with the driver, this list may be mailed or emailed to the driver.
For drug test results, the medical review officer (MRO) will report the violation to the Clearinghouse. This includes shy bladder scenarios without a valid medical explanation.
Failed alcohol tests (.04 or greater BAC), actual knowledge, and certain refusal to test scenarios are reported by the motor carrier to the Clearinghouse.
After the SAP list is given to a driver, the motor carrier cannot force a driver to begin the process. Nevertheless, to resume safety-sensitive functions, the driver must seek a face-to-face evaluation from a qualified SAP as a first step.
Payment of the evaluation is not required of the employer. Instead, it is based on labor-management agreements and healthcare benefits.
The SAP’s referral to an education and/or treatment program is based on a clinical evaluation of the driver during the face-to-face meeting. The SAP should have a working knowledge of what programs and counselors are available.
The SAP may take into consideration the driver’s ability to pay and insurance coverage. Once a SAP-approved provider has been agreed upon with the driver, the SAP will facilitate the referral and provide the program with the diagnostic determinations that led to the treatment plan. Programs range from outpatient treatment to partial or full in-patient resources.
Once the treatment plan has ended, the SAP will determine if it was a success. This decision is based on information provided by the education and/or treatment program and another face-to-face evaluation with the driver.
This second evaluation will result in one of three determinations:
If the SAP is satisfied with the driver’s ability to return to driving, the SAP will issue a report to the designated employer representative (DER). This report will list any continuing treatment and education, if required, and the number of DOT follow-up drug and/or alcohol tests required in a given time frame. The driver will be required to have a minimum of six unannounced follow-up tests in the first 12 months following the return to a safety-sensitive function. The SAP may require follow-up testing for up to five years.
For all Part 382 violations occurring since January 6, 2020, the SAP is required to report the successful completion of the evaluation and treatment to the Clearinghouse, provided the driver has designated the SAP in the driver’s personal Clearinghouse account.
The DER must wait for the go-ahead in the SAP report before sending the driver for the return-to-duty drug and/or alcohol test. All return-to-duty drug tests are performed under direct observation. The motor carrier must report a negative return-to-duty test to the Clearinghouse. In order for the “prohibited” status to be lifted from the driver’s record, both the SAP and motor carrier submission must be entered onto the driver’s record.
Once the Clearinghouse is no longer showing an unresolved testing violation, the driver can return to a safety-sensitive function.
Editor’s Note: Violations occurring prior to January 6, 2020, are not tracked in the Clearinghouse. Instead, the motor carrier would use the SAP report as a green light to perform the return-to-duty test, and once the negative test result is received, the driver can resume a safety-sensitive function.
After the driver returns to safety-sensitive functions, the motor carrier must carry out the unannounced follow-up tests under direct observation as prescribed in the SAP report. The DER must ensure that the tests do not have any discernible pattern.
The follow-up tests are in addition to any other DOT-required tests (e.g., random, post-accident). For instance, you cannot use a follow-up test as a substitute for a random test or vice versa.
If the driver leaves the motor carrier prior to the completion of the very last follow-up test, the next employer(s) must pick up where the process left off.
When the follow-up program is complete, the motor carrier under whose program the last test was performed must report this to the Clearinghouse. If the violation predates the Clearinghouse, the employer does not report the completed follow-up program to anyone.
If the motor carrier fails to begin or continue with a driver’s DOT return-to-duty process and follow-up testing, it is an acute violation that could cost the company up to $15,876. Allowing this driver to operate a CMV puts the carrier at risk of negligent entrustment claims if there is a crash.
The FMCSA is planning to test the effects of letting commercial truck drivers “pause” their 14-hour on-duty limit by up to 3 hours per day.
The agency is hoping to enlist up to 400 drivers to participate in its three-year “Split Duty Period Pilot Program.” Participants would be allowed to use one off-duty break of between 30 minutes and 3 hours to pause the 14-hour driving window, as long as they take 10 consecutive hours off duty at the end of the day. The pause should enable drivers to reduce fatigue, avoid congestion, reduce the pressure to speed, and be more productive, the FMCSA says.
Normally, short breaks taken during a driver’s day must be subtracted from the driver’s 14-consecutive-hour window during which driving is allowed.
For more information, see our ezExplanation on the 14-hour on-duty rule. |
Under new rules in effect on September 29, 2020, some truck drivers can pause their 14-hour limit with a break of 2 hours or more, but only if they also spend at least 7 hours in a sleeper berth (see below). Under the pilot program, drivers could pause the clock with off-duty time alone, without the need for a sleeper berth. This idea was proposed back in 2019 but didn’t find its way into the recent rule changes because the FMCSA didn’t have enough data to justify it.
As required by law, the FMCSA is gathering public input on the proposal until November 2nd. It will then decide whether to implement the program. After the program concludes, the agency will need to report to Congress on its findings before it could proceed with any changes to the hours-of-service regulations.
Participation in the pilot program would be limited to between 200 and 400 commercial driver’s license (CDL) holders from companies of all sizes, with each driver participating for up to one year. Motor carriers that want to enroll in the program will need to apply via an FMCSA website which could be available late this year. Comments on the proposal may be submitted online at www.regulations.gov under docket number FMCSA-2020-0098.
Truck drivers who fall under the federal hours-of-service rules can already pause their 14-hour clock with a short rest break, as of September 29, 2020 (see log image). This is known as the “split sleeper-berth” option, and it works like this:
Key to remember: The FMCSA plans to test the safety of allowing truck drivers to pause their 14-hour clock with a rest break of up to 3 hours, even if they don’t have a sleeper berth. The pilot program could open later this year.
As of January 1, 2023, heavy-duty trucks and buses with engines from model years 2007 to 2009 operating in California must be either:
This is the final step in the phase-in of the Truck and Bus regulation. Covered vehicles originally built with engines older than model year 2006 must have already been replaced or retrofitted.
Need more on CMV maintenance? See our ezExplanation Inspection and Maintenance. |
One issue that has come up is new vehicles are not available for delivery before January 1, 2023. This means fleets that operate in California that cannot get a replacement vehicle will be faced with the choice of either retiring their 2007 to 2009 engine vehicles without a replacement or operating in violation as of January 1, 2023.
However, the California Air Resources Board (CARB), the agency that oversees the Truck and Bus program, is aware of the situation and has provided an exemption. If the company has a written contract to purchase a new vehicle to replace a vehicle with a 2007 to 2009 engine in place before September 1, 2023, the existing vehicle can be operated until the replacement is placed in service.
To use this exemption, the company must register in CARB’s Truck Regulation Upload, Compliance, and Reporting System (TRUCRS) and report the use of the exemption. This is especially important to California-based companies as vehicle registration is tied to compliance with the Truck and Bus regulations requirements.
As of January 1, 2023, California will be placing roadside emissions monitoring devices (REMD) at locations around the state. These devices check emissions on any vehicle that passes it. If the device determines a vehicle may be a high emitter, the owner will receive a Notice to Submit to Testing. This will require the vehicle to be brought in to a “referee” location where the emissions and emissions components can be inspected.
These Truck and Bus requirements go into effect on January 1, 2023, and only apply to vehicles operating in California.
Most motor carriers review their roadside inspection reports for the obvious reasons: fixing mechanical defects and identifying unsafe or noncompliant driver behavior.
Some violations are easy to decipher, such as a burned-out light bulb or exceeding the speed limit by a specific range. Others take a little more to figure out, such as doing the math to determine when and how a driver exceeded hours-of-service (HOS) limits. Then there are all those 392.2 violations with suffixes. Some count against a carrier’s Compliance, Safety, Accountability (CSA) scores, while others do not, depending on whether they contribute to causing a crash.
One that often baffles motor carriers is 392.2C.
Section 392.2C is enforcement’s code for “failure to obey traffic control device.” The C stands for control.
The citation appears in the severity table for the Unsafe Driving BASIC (Behavior Analysis and Safety Improvement Category). The violation has been assigned a value of 5 out 10, with 10 being the most severe. The violation is used when calculating both the carrier’s and driver’s Unsafe Driving BASIC scores.
In most instances, the traffic control device is not a signal light or stop or yield sign. Rather, it is the sign that instructs the driver to pull into a weigh station.
View our Weigh Stations ezExplanation for additional information. |
The vehicles that must stop at scales and inspection locations vary from state to state and even from location to location within a state. The “weigh scale ahead” or similar sign should be the driver’s guide.
If the sign reads:
Often those who operate commercial vehicles not requiring a commercial driver’s license, such as a large pickup truck or small box truck, mistakenly believe weigh scale inspections are just for larger rigs.
If a driver goes past a weigh station without pulling in as directed by a traffic control device, enforcement will pursue and pull over the driver. The officer will then escort the driver back to the weigh station for a roadside inspection.
Even if the driver was honestly confused whether the sign applied to the vehicle, it is too late. And more than likely enforcement’s interest has been piqued. It is highly unlikely the driver will be waived through at this point, and 392.2C will be entered on the roadside inspection report.
CSA’s enforcement model suggests finding the root cause of roadside inspection violations to prevent future occurrences and ultimately improve BASIC scores.
A violation of 392.2C may have one of several root causes, such as:
Whatever the reason, it must be addressed with the driver. Corrective actions range from refresher training to termination. If the driver was trying to avoid enforcement for other reasons (drugs, alcohol, over HOS limits), these other violations need to be addressed accordingly.
Key to remember: Failing to obey a traffic control device will be used in calculation of the CSA Unsafe Driving BASIC scores. Motor carriers should address the root cause of the violation so it does not recur.
A workplace safety definition for “safety-sensitive position” may lead some motor carriers to mistakenly put employees who don’t qualify in their DOT drug and alcohol testing program.
The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) clearly defines a safety-sensitive position.
It is one where the employee is expected to operate a commercial motor vehicle (CMV) requiring a commercial driver’s license (CDL). Only these drivers can be placed in the motor carrier’s DOT drug and alcohol testing program under 49 CFR Part 382.
As a result, a carrier would not classify a forklift operator, driver helper, and other positions as safety sensitive for purposes of testing under Part
A driver who operates an FMCSA-regulated vehicle that does not require a CDL fits within the scope of workplace safety-sensitive duties, but not FMCSA.
For property-carrying vehicles, a non-CDL CMV is one that is:
For passenger carriers, a non-CDL CMV is designed to transport 9-15 passengers, including the driver, for compensation.
Even though the above vehicles and drivers are subject to the bulk of FMCSA’s safety regulations, the vehicles (and subsequently the drivers) do not qualify for CDL licensing or FMCSA testing.
If the driver happens to hold CDL, it still does not qualify as a safety-sensitive position. Applicability is always based on whether the employee is assigned to operate a CDL CMV.
Non-CDL CMV drivers are prohibited from operating while impaired under 49 CFR 392.4 and 392.5, but there is no testing mechanism under DOT authority. Testing would be best practice (non-DOT) and managed under the workplace drug program.
If a motor carrier mistakenly uses the workplace criteria for its DOT testing, the number and types of positions placed in the random pool far exceed commercial drivers.
For the general workforce, the term “safety sensitive” has been tossed around, but never clearly defined by OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration). Many safety professionals tie the term to OSHA’s General Duty Clause (GDC), which requires that employers provide all workers with a safe and healthful workplace.
Specifically, the GDC requires employers to recognize hazards that cause or likely will cause death or serious physical harm. Any job title that is likely to cause death or serious harm to someone — including the employee, coworkers, or the general public — is usually put on a list of safety-sensitive positions.
The employer must look at each job’s hazards and decide if the position is classified by its organization as safety sensitive. Examples may include:
Even someone who works as a roofer may be considered a safety-sensitive position because the employee could trip and fall from a high elevation, causing serious personal harm.
Key to remember: When assembling the list of names for your DOT testing program, only include those individuals who are expected to operate a CDL CMV.
With the labor market still tight, employers might choose to hang onto employees even if they’re underperforming. But what about when complaints are rolling in from different angles? Take, for example, a lackluster supervisor who’s annoying employees and disappointing customers.
An employer could be hesitant to let the supervisor go, especially if there’s no documentation backing up claims of misconduct. The employer must weigh their options to decide if putting the supervisor on a performance improvement plan (PIP) or moving right to termination is the ideal choice.
At-will employment
For starters, in most states employers may terminate an employee at-will, meaning they can fire employees for pretty much any reason as long as it doesn’t discriminate against someone in a protected class based on sex, age, race, religion, etc. Employers also cannot terminate in retaliation for an employee making a claim of harassment, discrimination, or safety concerns.
Aside from these limits, employers can terminate employees for good cause, bad cause, or no cause at all.
PIP or terminate
Deciding whether to put an employee on a PIP or terminate must be decided on a case-by-case basis.
A PIP is usually for job performance issues (hence, performance improvement plan). This could mean anything from not making enough sales to being inept at the job’s essential functions. If job performance doesn’t improve under the PIP, termination may be the end result depending on company policies and practices.
Even if an employee has job performance issues, the employer can terminate without going through the PIP process first, unless the usual process is to implement a PIP with employees who have had similar problems. In that case, not doing a PIP could be seen as discrimination against an employee, especially if the person falls into a protected class.
Workplace misconduct, however, is another situation altogether. This could be anything from a one-off poor joke to pervasive harassment. Snapping at customers or coworkers (or worse), for example, is a conduct issue. An employer could issue a warning or move right to termination if the behavior is clearly illegal or a serious threat to workplace safety.
Read more: ezExplanation on discharging employees |
Termination tips
If an employer decides to terminate, they should treat the employee as respectfully as possible during the termination process. Also, an employer should carefully and clearly communicate the job-related reasons for the termination to avoid any hint of discrimination. Lastly, an employer should document the reasons and reiterate the steps taken leading up to the termination and keep those records handy in case the employee files a wrongful termination lawsuit.
Key to remember: Employers sometimes struggle when making termination decisions. Having a process in place and documenting steps along the way can help if a case lands in court.
Wage overpayment errors happen for many reasons — from clerical mistakes to payroll system snafus.
Regardless of the reason, employees are not necessarily entitled to keep the extra money, and employers need to know their obligations for recouping it.
Under the federal Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), employers don’t need an employee’s permission to recoup wage overpayments. The extra money is seen as a loan or a wage advancement to the employee.
Because of this, employers are generally free to recoup the overpayment from the next paycheck — even if such a deduction cuts into the minimum wage or overtime pay due the employee under the FLSA.
State laws, however, may have greater restrictions. For example, New York employers may only make deductions from an employee’s wages for “an overpayment of wages where such overpayment is due to a mathematical or other clerical error by the employer.”
There are also limitations on the timing and duration, frequency, and method and amount of recovery.
The bottom line is, employers should try to avoid getting themselves into an overpayment situation in the first place. Supervisors should closely review their direct reports’ timesheets to catch errors before paychecks are issued
Also, employees should be encouraged to review their pay stubs for accuracy to help catch mistakes sooner rather than later.
If a mistake happens, employers should do their due diligence to communicate with the affected employees and make a reasonable plan to recoup the funds (provided it’s allowed under state law) so as not to cause any unnecessary financial harm to employees.
Wage overpayment errors can and will occur. Employers need to know their obligations under both federal and state laws before recouping money.
Employers sometimes get tripped up on how to calculate the 1,250 hours worked eligibility criterion when employees need leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA).
Does working overtime count toward the 1,250?
Recently, someone asked if overtime hours counted toward the 1,250 hours worked requirement (it does).
All hours actually worked apply to the 1,250, whether overtime or regular time, even if the overtime is not mandatory.
The 1,250 hours is calculated in relation to when the leave will begin, not when the employee puts an employer on notice of the need for leave.
Whether an employee is allowed to work overtime, however, is generally up to company policy. As far as pay goes, remember, if the employee is nonexempt (“hourly”) and works any overtime (mandatory or voluntary) the employee must be paid time and one-half for all hours worked over 40 within the workweek.
More about FMLA leave requirements
To be eligible to take FMLA leave, employees must:
Whether an employee has worked the minimum 1,250 hours is calculated based on determining compensable hours or work under the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA).
Calculating the 1,250 hours worked
When it comes to figuring out if an employee has worked at least 1,250 hours, it can get tricky. As was mentioned above, all hours worked, regular and overtime, must be counted.
Hours not worked should not be counted. The “not worked hours” include such time off as vacation time, sick leave, paid or unpaid holidays, or any other time in which an employee isn’t actually working — which can include disability, bereavement, FMLA and other forms of leave.
Once an employee meets the three eligibility criteria, including the 1,250 hours worked, for a particular leave reason, the employee remains eligible for the duration of the 12-month leave year period.
If the employee needs leave for another, different reason, eligibility would be recalculated.
Key to remember: All hours worked must be included in the 1,250 hours criterion when determining whether an employee is eligible for FMLA leave. Hours that aren’t worked (like vacation) are not included.
When an employee is on leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA), the employer must maintain benefits under the company’s group health plan.
Thus, employees generally must continue paying their share of the health insurance premiums.
But how do employees pay their share of the premiums when FMLA leave is unpaid? Employers may offer three payment options:
Employers may allow a combination of these options, such as pre-pay for part of the leave and catch-up for the remainder. Below is a breakdown of the three available payment options.
When unpaid FMLA leave is foreseeable, employers may allow employees to pre-pay their premiums. For example, if an employee is adopting a child and requests several weeks for bonding time but does not have enough vacation to cover the entire absence, an employer could allow the employee to pre-pay his or her premiums for the portion of the leave that would be unpaid.
Employers may not require an employee to pre-pay, so this cannot be the only option offered.
If an employee chooses this option, however, employers may collect premiums on a pre-tax basis – with one exception. If the absence will extend into the next tax year (such as leave from December through January), only the premiums for the current tax year may be pre-paid with pre-tax income. The IRS does not allow employees to defer untaxed income from one year to the next.
In this example, the premiums for January could either be pre-paid with after-tax income, or the employee could elect one of the other options (pay-as-you-go or catch-up).
Under the pay-as-you-go option, employees pay their share of the premiums based upon the agreed terms made between the employer and employee. These payments are usually made on an after-tax basis.
For example, the employee might mail in a personal check every two weeks. If the employee fails to send in the checks, or otherwise fails to make payments using the agreed-upon system, the FMLA does allow employers to drop coverage after giving specified notices of non-payment.
Dropping coverage would likely cause some administrative headaches, and some insurers may refuse to do this because the employee would have to be reinstated to the health plan upon return from FMLA leave.
Therefore, employers may prefer to continue coverage by paying the employee’s share of the premiums, then use the catch-up option once the employee returns to work. Some insurance carriers recommend this as an alternative to dropping coverage.
Under the catch-up option, the employer and employee agree that the employee will not pay premiums until he or she returns from leave.
This option might be used when the need for FMLA leave was not foreseeable, such as having to care for a parent who was unexpectedly hospitalized.
To use this option, the employer and employee must agree in advance that:
When the employee returns, the employer collects the current premiums plus any catch-up payments, perhaps taking double premiums, until caught up. Contributions under the catch-up option may be taken on a pre-tax basis.
The IRS regulations indicate that, if the employee chooses the pay-as-you-go option, but fails to make the required payments, you may change to the catch-up option even without the employee’s prior agreement.
Employees on unpaid FMLA leave must still pay their share of health insurance premiums by either pre-paying, paying as they go, or making catch-up contributions upon returning to work.
A new year often begins a new round of employee performance reviews. Since the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) allows eligible employees to take up to 12 (or 26) weeks of leave, many events can occur during an employee’s leave, including the employee’s pre-scheduled performance review. Such reviews might take place on an annual or other scheduled basis. How you treat the timing of those reviews should include some thought.
If, for example, Jo Employee takes 12 weeks of FMLA leave, during which her annual performance review is scheduled, here are some questions to ponder:
Delaying a review
An annual performance review generally takes into consideration a full years’ worth of work. Some employers think it’s best to delay the performance review by the same amount of time an employee took FMLA leave to capture an entire years’ work. This practice, however, might risk running afoul of one of the cornerstones of the FMLA: Returning the employee to his or her position, including the equivalent pay, benefits, and working conditions.
The issues can be particularly concerning if the performance review affects wage increases or other compensation.
What the regulations say
The FMLA regulations indicate that an equivalent position includes equivalent pay, which includes any unconditional pay increases that may have occurred during the FMLA leave period. Equivalent pay also includes bonuses or payments, whether discretionary or non-discretionary. FMLA leave cannot undermine the employee’s right to such pay.
Furthermore, “… employers cannot use the taking of FMLA leave as a negative factor in employment actions, such as hiring, promotions, or disciplinary actions; nor can FMLA leave be counted under no fault attendance policies.” [29 CFR 825.220(c)]
Avoiding a negative factor
Therefore, you would need to look at whether delaying an employee’s performance review could be seen as having a negative factor for the employee.
If, for example, Jo Employee took 12 weeks of leave from April through June, during which she would otherwise have obtained a pay increase in May, but you delayed this increase until September (so you could use a full 12 months of work), you may have violated the equivalent pay provision. If delaying a review creates a new review schedule going forward, the negative impacts could continue.
If, however, a pay increase is conditioned upon seniority, length of service, or work performed, you would grant it in accordance with your policy or practice as applied to other employees on an equivalent leave status for a reason that does not qualify as FMLA leave.
In other words, don’t treat an employee on FMLA leave differently than you would an employee on other forms of leave.
Key to remember: It might be less risky to keep the performance review on schedule and prorate wage increases to account for FMLA leave.
As of January 1, California and Washington have new marijuana laws that restrict testing for the drug.
Both states, which have legalized recreational and medical use, put limits on pre-employment testing for cannabis at the start of the year.
Washington’s rationale for the new law is that a pre-employment marijuana test limits job opportunities for those who use cannabis, because an applicant will test positive for up to 30 days after using it. The new law is designed to prevent the restriction of job opportunities based on an applicant’s past cannabis use.
California’s law notes that a test for marijuana detects past use of the drug, but does not prove whether or not an individual is impaired by it. Its protections are broader than Washington’s, and apply to employees as well as applicants. As a result, they also restrict reasonable suspicion, post-accident, and random marijuana tests.
Testing restrictions in California and Washington
The new state laws take aim at tests measuring nonpsychoactive cannabis metabolites. These metabolites are created by the body after cannabis is smoked or consumed in an edible.
Their presence indicates that cannabis has been used, but the fact that they are present does not prove at a person is impaired by the drug.
The laws do not allow employers to make employment decisions based on marijuana tests that show the presence of nonspychoactive cannabis metabolites. While tests that do not detect these metabolites are technically allowed, from a practical standpoint they are difficult to find.
Current drug tests that detect the presence of THC (the chemical in marijuana causing impairment) are likely to detect nonpsychactive metabolites as well. Other tests that rely on baseline performance to prove impairment would be difficult to use for applicants, as there would be no previous information to use for comparison.
Exceptions to state laws
Both states have exceptions that allow employers to conduct marijuana tests under certain circumstances.
Washington’s restrictions do not apply to:
California’s law allows marijuana tests for:
An employee in the building and construction trades.
Applicants or employees hired for positions that require a federal government background investigation or security clearance in accordance with regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Defense or equivalent regulations applying to other agencies.
Testing conducted under state or federal laws requiring applicants or employees to be tested for controlled substances.
3 steps for employers to take
To make sure workplace drug testing in California and Washington is conducted appropriately, employers should:
Update pre-employment drug testing policies in California and Washington so they comply with the new laws.
Identify positions that are exempt from testing restrictions. When a position qualifies for an exception, make applicants aware that that marijuana testing will be conducted.
Train hiring managers and supervisors about the new requirements. Make sure they understand when marijuana testing is not allowed.
Key to remember: California and Washington have new marijuana testing restrictions that are in place as of January 1. Workplace policies and practices need to be updated to comply with the new laws.
OSHA’s 1910.151(c) standard, Medical Services and First Aid, requires that employers provide emergency eyewashes when employees may be exposed to injurious corrosive materials during the course of their work. Employers have a wide range of eyewash types available to choose from on the market, including portable units (i.e., eyewash bottles). While many employers use bottles, OSHA says that they can’t be the only eyewash made available to employees, and their use should be limited.
The OSHA standard does not provide a great deal of detail on eyewashes for employers. However, where the regulation is silent, OSHA refers employers to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard Z358.1-2009, “Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment,” regarding installation, operation, and maintenance of emergency eyewashes. This includes capacity and flushing requirements. The ANSI standard states that an eyewash must deliver 0.4 gallons of flushing fluid per minute for at least 15 minutes.
As such, ANSI says that an eyewash bottle does not meet these criteria; therefore, it can only be used to support eyewashes that do (i.e., plumbed and self-contained units), but cannot replace them.
The reason for this limitation is that eyewash bottles simply cannot provide the required 15 minutes of flushing. Eyewash bottles typically hold less than a gallon of water, which would supply the user with flushing fluid for approximately 1 minute. Even larger self-contained units (those with bladders) that have a capacity of 5 to 10 gallons would only provide maximum use of about 5 minutes.
In other words, eyewash bottles don’t provide an adequate amount of flushing fluid and cannot be considered a primary means of protection.
For this reason, OSHA warns that the use of eyewash bottles should be limited. In a 1986 memorandum to Regional Administrators, the agency states, “In general, squeeze bottles should not be used except where the hazard severity or distance from plumbed eyewash equipment requires personal equipment at work stations for immediate flushing prior to prolonged flushing at a plumbed or self-contained unit.”
In other words, employers can provide eyewash bottles in instances where plumbed or self-contained units can’t reasonably be provided (e.g., an outside yard) in the immediate work area, but only until they can reach a unit which can provide the amount of flushing fluid necessary to flush the eyes for at least 15 minutes.
OSHA expects the employer to determine the level of the potential risk to employees and provide eyewash (and/or shower) protection accordingly. The severity of the hazard(s) involved is a critical consideration when making this determination. In the past, OSHA has said that 1910.151(c)is meant to cover strong acids and alkalis, and the requirement to provide suitable facilities for quick drenching or flushing depends on the exposure and the strength of the hazardous chemical. Chemicals and materials such as household detergents or cleaners, sawdust, metal filings, etc. would not require emergency eyewash (or shower) under the standard.
If an employer determines that an eyewash is needed, then it must meet the provisions set forth in the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard Z358.1. The agency uses the ANSI standard as an enforcement tool. This is clarified in a November 1, 2002, Letter of Interpretation, which says, “If OSHA inspects a workplace and finds unsuitable facilities for quick drenching or flushing of the eyes and body, a citation under 29 CFR 1910.151(c)would be issued. When determining whether the eyewash or shower facilities are suitable given the circumstances of a particular worksite, OSHA may refer to the most recent consensus standard regarding eyewash or shower equipment…”
Need information on eyewash inspections? See our Institute document on Inspections and Maintenance. |
Without the ANSI standard, employers would find it difficult to demonstrate to OSHA exactly how their eyewash and shower units were suitable exclusive to the regulatory language under 1910.151(c) since it’s limited and vague.
Eyewash bottles don’t meet the requirement under 1910.151(c) to provide “suitable” facilities for quick drenching or flushing of the eyes. They cannot be the only eyewash provided in the workplace.
The COVID-19 outbreak created a shortage of latex and nitrile gloves in many workplaces.
Latex and nitrile gloves are used extensively in health care, and their disposable (single use) nature meant that large quantities were consumed during the peak of the pandemic. The shortage was also worsened because of hoarding by some consumers. In addition, certain businesses and government agencies began using these gloves to protect employees, even if their workers didn’t normally require gloves on the job.
If you have trouble obtaining your staff’s usual gloves, be prepared to identify feasible alternatives. You don’t want to endanger them by having them wear any old gloves they find lying around.
To identify alternatives for workers who rely on latex or nitrile gloves as PPE, you must know which chemicals workers handle or come in contact with. That’s because all glove materials are not suitable for all hazards.
Evaluate which materials offer appropriate protection from the specific chemicals that workers handle to select appropriate alternative gloves.
Here’s a summary of glove types and the protection given to help evaluate alternatives.
Butyl gloves protect against a variety of chemicals such as peroxide, highly corrosive acids, strong bases, alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, esters and nitrocompounds. Butyl gloves also resist oxidation, ozone corrosion and abrasion, and remain flexible at low temperatures. However, they do not perform well with aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and halogenated solvents.
Natural (latex) rubber gloves have good elasticity and temperature resistance, and resist abrasions well. They protect against most water solutions of acids, alkalis, salts, and ketones. Latex gloves may cause allergic reactions and may not be appropriate for all employees. Hypoallergenic gloves, glove liners, and powderless gloves are possible alternatives for employees who are allergic.
Neoprene gloves protect against hydraulic fluids, gasoline, alcohols, organic acids, and alkalis. Their chemical and wear resistance are generally better than gloves of natural rubber.
Nitrile gloves are intended for jobs requiring dexterity, and they stand up even after prolonged exposure to substances that cause other gloves to deteriorate. They offer protection when working with greases, oils, acids, caustics, and alcohols but are not recommended for use with strong oxidizing agents, aromatic solvents, ketones, and acetates.
Each year, the National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) reminds employers not to prop open fire doors for convenience. Propping open doors has become a common violation of fire codes after the pandemic because workers didn’t want to become exposed to germs on common touchpoints.
I know firsthand this is an issue at construction jobsites and remember telling workers not to prop open fire doors in our clients’ facilities. Workers were doing this out of convenience because they carried things into and out of the existing facility. Propping open a fire door, or wedging it open, are serious fire and safety hazards. Keep fire doors closed to prevent smoke and fire from spreading into the fire evacuation route, like a stairwell. OSHA and NFPA don’t prohibit propping open a fire exit door but caution employers against doing this for safety and security reasons.
Fire doors must remain closed, although some may be designed to automatically close when fire and smoke are sensed by jobsite fire detection equipment. To reduce the need to disinfect frequently touched points, workers can push open fire doors using their sleeves by pushing against the push bar instead of using their hands. You can also increase housekeeping efforts and the frequency that doorknobs, handles, and push bars are cleaned throughout the shift.
One way employers try to handle skyrocketing inflation is to manage first aid supplies. But do OSHA regulations allow employers to lock first aid supplies as a way to control costs?
Our experts are often asked whether OSHA permits locking first aid supplies. In a January 23, 2007, OSHA letter of interpretation (LOI), OSHA confirmed that first aid cabinets can be locked. The LOI stated, however, that first aid supplies must be readily accessible in the event of an emergency. Additionally, 29 CFR 1910.151(b) states: “In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, or hospital in near proximity to the workplace which is used for the treatment of all injured employees, a person or persons shall be adequately trained to render first aid. Adequate first aid supplies shall be readily available.”
OSHA defines “readily available” as accessible within three to five minutes and warns that locking first aid supplies, whether kits or cabinets, may limit employee accessibility per the standard. The agency advises that if an employer was relying on first aid services not provided by a clinic, infirmary, or hospital and adequate first aid supplies were not available when needed, then the employer would be in violation of 1910.151(b).
If you’re concerned with supplies being used in a manner not intended by the company, there are ways to manage supplies. For example, employers could use vending machines that allow employees to scan their badges and get basic supplies or personal protective equipment free of charge. This can help employers manage their supply chain and evaluate by whom and for what supplies are being used.
If opting to lock your first aid supplies, remember to make supplies readily accessible (within three to five minutes). This may require that additional keys for locks be made available to multiple personnel at all times when workers are present.
Although their recommendations are non-mandatory, OSHA suggests using the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) for reference to determine what supplies you need to have. The contents for Class A kits listed in the ANSI standard should be adequate for small worksites. Class B kits are designed with a broader range and quantity of supplies to deal with injuries in more complex or high-risk environments (for example, larger operations or multiple operations conducted at the same location).
It’s important to note that although OSHA is still citing ANSI’s 1998 standard, an updated version of the standard, ANSI/International Safety Equipment Association (ISEA) Z308.1-2021, was approved on April 15, 2022, and went into effect on October 15, 2022. Major changes to the standard included:
Determining what first aid supplies should be accessible depends on the workplace hazards and potential injuries. A great place to begin is by assessing your Form 300 injury logs to see the types of injuries already reported. Most employers perform risk assessments, beginning with a review of the Form 300 logs, to drive their decisions. OSHA also provides guidance to employers in 1910.151 Appendix A.
Employers must understand the accessibility risks associated with locking first aid cabinets even though OSHA and ANSI do not prohibit this practice. First aid supplies must be readily accessible (within three to five minutes) in the event of an emergency.
Employers must select a North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code for every establishment, which usually means a single business location. This code determines whether the establishment is exempt from keeping an OSHA 300 Log. For locations that must keep a 300 Log, the code determines whether the establishment must submit injury data to OSHA by March 2nd.
The NAICS codes get updated every five years, with 2022 as the most current. Adding confusion, different OSHA regulations use different versions of the codes. For example:
Searching codes online may default to the 2022 version, and some codes changed. For example, the 1904.41 appendix lists 4529 for “Other general merchandise stores” which covers retail outlets like dollar stores and variety stores. However, searching that code in the 2022 list shows “no result” since that number changed. The 2022 NAICS code for general merchandise stores is 4552, but that code does not appear in OSHA’s appendix. Employers using the 2022 NAICS codes may incorrectly believe their establishment is not on OSHA’s list.
Employers can search older versions of the NAICS codes at https://www.census.gov/naics/ which also indicates whether a particular code has changed in more recent versions.
In addition to using the NAICS list for the correct year, employers must choose the correct code for each establishment. If a location engages in more than one type of business activity, employers must choose only one NAICS code for OSHA recordkeeping. OSHA says to choose the code for the activity that generates the most revenue or has the most employees.
In some cases, employers can divide a single physical location into more than one “establishment” as defined in 1904.46. To split a single location into multiple establishments, all of the following must apply:
For example, OSHA noted that if an employer operates a construction company at the same physical location as a lumber yard, the employer may consider each business as a separate establishment.
For employers with multiple establishments, the NAICS code for each location should reflect the primary business activity at each establishment. For example, a manufacturing company might have a separate administration office. Using a manufacturing code for the office might not be appropriate, even though it supports the other manufacturing locations. However, NAICS codes starting 5511 for “Management of Companies and Enterprises” might apply.
For example, code 551114 gives examples as follows:
That might better describe a corporate administrative office, if the location does not have any warehousing or manufacturing operations. In fact, codes starting 5511 appear on OSHA’s list of establishments under 1904.2 that are exempt from keeping a 300 Log, so applying the correct code could mean that office doesn’t need a 300 Log at all.
Finally, counting employees gets confusing because some OSHA regulations require counting all employees in the company (combining all locations) and others require counting only the employees at each establishment.
Key to remember: NAICS codes update every five years, and employers must use the correct list, which may differ in various regulations.
Hi everyone! Welcome to the monthly news roundup video, where we’ll review the most impactful environmental, health, and safety news. Please view the content links in the transcript for more information about the topics I’ll be covering today. With that said, let’s get started!
For the 13th year in a row, fall protection for construction topped OSHA’s list of violations. In fiscal year 2023, there were over 7,000 recorded violations, up from 5,250 in fiscal year 2022.
Workers who are exposed to lead in industries such as painting, battery manufacturing, and building renovation risk bringing lead home on their clothing and personal items. Take-home lead can contaminate a worker’s car and home, posing an exposure risk to family members. A new NIOSH publication outlines steps workers can take to minimize this risk.
Private industry employers reported 2.8 million nonfatal workplace injuries and illnesses in 2022. This is a 7.5 percent increase over 2021. The increase is due to a rise in both illnesses, which were up 26.1 percent, and injuries, which were up 4.5 percent. Respiratory illness cases drove the spike in reported illnesses.
OSHA faces significant challenges in ensuring worker safety, particularly in high-risk industries. This is according to a report from the Office of Inspector General, or OIG. Among OSHA’s top challenges are verifying timely hazard abatement, employer reporting, completing inspections, workplace violence, and protecting workers from crystalline silica.
And finally, turning to environmental news, a recent EPA rule requires covered facilities to include all quantities of per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, or PFAS, on their Toxics Release Inventory reports. The rule also mandates that suppliers notify product users of the presence of any chemicals of special concern contained in their mixtures and products.
Thanks for tuning in to the monthly news roundup. We’ll see you next month!